Looks like The Iluminati has shut everyone up on this board.

Interesting board, in & out in 2 weeks time... and now I decide to post nearly 3 years later...

arabianfrancine,

You gotta be careful on message boards, especially Ranting Bull. Some of those people are a taco short of a full combo plate!

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

greg-here's a response I got re last post from greenspan board on RB(Icke post/madness),absolutely pathetic-

I for one totally subscribe to his writings. I'm 77 and many of my generation (ww2 vets) didn't believe the "nurenburg" accustations then and do not to this day.

those people used the "six million" to milk $35 Mil out of the American people in 1919. Said six million were in harms way during the war and 835,00 of "their children" were presently starving. The "appeal" for aid went out through the churches. Talk about a con!!.

The accusations didn't sell well early on, but was resurrected in the early sixties and haven't let up to this day.

Besides, we had nothing to do with what happened or didn't happen in Europe during the war. So why are they preaching it here? That's where the money is. politicos give them everything they want or they don't make it next time around. Anything to stay in office.

In all of fdr and churchills' writings not one word of genocide was ever mentioned. I will never believe the Christian Germans were mass murderers.

I know this is the kind of conversation that gets you banned. So be it. I've been on borrowed time anyway.

I'll say it again: "when a well orchestrated web of lies is spoon fed the public generation after generation the truth is rejected out of hand and the messenger regarded a rant raving lunatic. Plato said something like that 2500 yrs ago.
The more things change the more they stay the same.

William

- - - - -
View Replies »

The Doors Of Perception: Why Americans Will Believe Almost Anything

By Tim O'Shea
www.thedoctorwithin.com
8-18-1

Aldous Huxley's inspired 1956 essay detailed the vivid, mind-expanding, multisensory insights of his mescaline adventures. By altering his brain chemistry with natural psychotropics, Huxley tapped into a rich and fluid world of shimmering, indescribable beauty and power. With his neurosensory input thus triggered, Huxley was able to enter that parallel universe described by every mystic and space captain in recorded history. Whether by hallucination or epiphany, Huxley sought to remove all controls, all filters, all cultural conditioning from his perceptions and to confront Nature or the World or Reality first-hand - in its unpasteurized, unedited, unretouched, infinite rawness.

Those bonds are much harder to break today, half a century later. We are the most conditioned, programmed beings the world has ever known. Not only are our thoughts and attitudes continually being shaped and molded; our very awareness of the whole design seems like it is being subtly and inexorably erased. The doors of our perception are carefully and precisely regulated.

Who cares, right?

It is an exhausting and endless task to keep explaining to people how most issues of conventional wisdom are scientifically implanted in the public consciousness by a thousand media clips per day. In an effort to save time, I would like to provide just a little background on the handling of information in this country. Once the basic principles are illustrated about how our current system of media control arose historically, the reader might be more apt to question any given popular opinion.

If everybody believes something, it's probably wrong. We call that Conventional Wisdom.

In America, conventional wisdom that has mass acceptance is usually contrived: somebody paid for it.
Examples:
* Pharmaceuticals restore health
* Vaccination brings immunity
* The cure for cancer is just around the corner
* Menopause is a disease condition
* When a child is sick, he needs immediate antibiotics
* When a child has a fever he needs Tylenol
* Hospitals are safe and clean.
* America has the best health care in the world.
* Americans have the best health in the world.
* Milk is a good source of calcium.
* You never outgrow your need for milk.
* Vitamin C is ascorbic acid.
* Aspirin prevents heart attacks.
* Heart drugs improve the heart.
* Back and neck pain are the only reasons for spinal adjustment.
* No child can get into school without being vaccinated.
* The FDA thoroughly tests all drugs before they go on the market.
* Back and neck pain are the only reason for spinal adjustment.
* Pregnancy is a serious medical condition
* Chemotherapy and radiation are effective cures for cancer
* When your child is diagnosed with an ear infection, antibiotics should be given
immediately 'just in case'
* Ear tubes are for the good of the child.
* Estrogen drugs prevent osteoporosis after menopause.
* Pediatricians are the most highly trained of al medical specialists.
* The purpose of the health care industry is health.
* HIV is the cause of AIDS.
* AZT is the cure.
* Without vaccines, infectious diseases will return
* Fluoride in the city water protects your teeth
* Flu shots prevent the flu.
* Vaccines are thoroughly tested before being placed on the Mandated Schedule.
* Doctors are certain that the benefits of vaccines far outweigh any possible risks.
* There is a power shortage in California.
* There is a meningitis epidemic in California.
* The NASDAQ is a natural market controlled only by supply and demand.
* Chronic pain is a natural consequence of aging.
* Soy is your healthiest source of protein.
* Insulin shots cure diabetes.
* After we take out your gall bladder you can eat anything you want
* Allergy medicine will cure allergies.

This is a list of illusions, that have cost billions and billions to conjure up. Did you ever wonder why you never see the President speaking publicly unless he is reading? Or why most people in this country think generally the same about most of the above issues?

HOW THIS WHOLE SET-UP GOT STARTED
In Trust Us We're Experts, Stauber and Rampton pull together some compelling data describing the science of creating public opinion in America. They trace modern public influence back to the early part of the last century, highlighting the work of guys like Edward L. Bernays, the Father of Spin. From his own amazing chronicle Propaganda, we learn how Edward L. Bernays took the ideas of his famous uncle Sigmund Freud himself and applied them to the emerging science of mass persuasion. The only difference was that instead of using these principles to uncover hidden themes in the human unconscious, the way Freudian psychology does, Bernays used these same ideas to mask agendas and to create illusions that deceive and misrepresent, for marketing purposes.

THE FATHER OF SPIN
Bernays dominated the PR industry until the 1940s, and was a significant force for another 40 years after that. (Tye) During all that time, Bernays took on hundreds of diverse assignments to create a public perception about some idea or product. A few examples: As a neophyte with the Committee on Public Information, one of Bernays' first assignments was to help sell the First World War to the American public with the idea to "Make the World Safe for Democracy." (Ewen)

A few years later, Bernays set up a stunt to popularize the notion of women smoking cigarettes. In organizing the 1929 Easter Parade in New York City, Bernays showed himself as a force to be reckoned with. He organized the Torches of Liberty Brigade in which suffragettes marched in the parade smoking cigarettes as a mark of women's liberation. Such publicity followed from that one event that from then on women have felt secure about destroying their own lungs in public, the same way that men have always done.

Bernays popularized the idea of bacon for breakfast. Not one to turn down a challenge, he set up the advertising format along with the AMA that lasted for nearly 50 years proving that cigarettes are beneficial to health. Just look at ads in issues of Life or Time from the 40s and 50s.

During the next several decades Bernays and his colleagues evolved the principles by which masses of people could be generally swayed through messages repeated over and over hundreds of times. One the value of media became apparent, other countries of the world tried to follow our lead. But Bernays really was the gold standard. Josef Goebbels, who was Hitler's minister of propaganda, studied the principles of Edward Bernays when Goebbels was developing the popular rationale he would use to convince the Germans that they had to purify their race. (Stauber)

SMOKE AND MIRRORS

Bernay's job was to reframe an issue; to create a desired image that would put a particular product or concept in a desirable light. Bernays described the public as a 'herd that needed to be led.' And this herdlike thinking makes people "susceptible to leadership." Bernays never deviated from his fundamental axiom to "control the masses without their knowing it." The best PR happens with the people unaware that they are being manipulated.

Stauber describes Bernays' rationale like this: "the scientific manipulation of public opinion was necessary to overcome chaos and conflict in a democratic society." Trust Us p 42

These early mass persuaders postured themselves as performing a moral service for humanity in general - democracy was too good for people; they needed to be told what to think, because they were incapable of rational thought by themselves. Here's a paragraph from Bernays' Propaganda: "Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. In almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or business in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind."

A tad different from Thomas Jefferson's view on the subject:
"I know of no safe depository of the ultimate power of the society but the people themselves; and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise that control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not take it from them, but to inform their discretion."

Inform their discretion. Bernays believed that only a few possessed the necessary insight into the Big Picture to be entrusted with this sacred task. And luckily, he saw himself as one of that few.

HERE COMES THE MONEY

Once the possibilities of applying Freudian psychology to mass media were glimpsed, Bernays soon had more corporate clients than he could handle. Global corporations fell all over themselves courting the new Image Makers. There were dozens of goods and services and ideas to be sold to a susceptible public. Over the years, these players have had the money to make their images happen. A few examples:
Philip Morris Pfizer Union Carbide Allstate Monsanto Eli Lilly tobacco industry Ciba Geigy lead industry Coors DuPont Chlorox Shell Oil Standard Oil Procter & Gamble Boeing General Motors Dow Chemical General Mills Goodyear

THE PLAYERS

Dozens of PR firms have emerged to answer that demand. Among them:
Burson-Marsteller Edelman Hill & Knowlton Kamer-Singer Ketchum Mongovin, Biscoe, and Duchin BSMG Buder-Finn
Though world-famous within the PR industry, these are names we don't know, and for good reason. The best PR goes unnoticed. For decades they have created the opinions that most of us were raised with, on virtually any issue which has the remotest commercial value, including:
pharmaceutical drugs vaccines medicine as a profession alternative medicine fluoridation of city water chlorine household cleaning products tobacco dioxin global warming leaded gasoline cancer research and treatment pollution of the oceans forests and lumber images of celebrities, including damage control crisis and disaster management genetically modified foods aspartame food additives; processed foods dental amalgams

LESSON #1

Bernays learned early on that the most effective way to create credibility for a product or an image was by "independent third-party" endorsement. For example, if General Motors were to come out and say that global warming is a hoax thought up by some liberal tree-huggers, people would suspect GM's motives, since GM's fortune is made by selling automobiles. If however some independent research institute with a very credible sounding name like the Global Climate Coalition comes out with a scientific report that says global warming is really a fiction, people begin to get confused and to have doubts about the original issue.

So that's exactly what Bernays did. With a policy inspired by genius, he set up "more institutes and foundations than Rockefeller and Carnegie combined." (Stauber p 45) Quietly financed by the industries whose products were being evaluated, these "independent" research agencies would churn out "scientific" studies and press materials that could create any image their handlers wanted. Such front groups are given high-sounding names like:
Temperature Research Foundation International Food Information Council Consumer Alert The Advancement of Sound Science Coalition Air Hygiene Foundation Industrial Health Federation International Food Information Council Manhattan Institute Center for Produce Quality Tobacco Institute Research Council Cato Institute American Council on Science and Health Global Climate Coalition Alliance for Better Foods

Sound pretty legit don't they?

CANNED NEWS RELEASES

As Stauber explains, these organizations and hundreds of others like them are front groups whose sole mission is to advance the image of the global corporations who fund them, like those listed on page 2 above. This is accomplished in part by an endless stream of 'press releases' announcing "breakthrough" research to every radio station and newspaper in the country. (Robbins) Many of these canned reports read like straight news, and indeed are purposely molded in the news format. This saves journalists the trouble of researching the subjects on their own, especially on topics aboutwhich they know very little. Entire sections of the release or in the case of video news releases, the whole thing can be just lifted intact, with no editing, given the byline of the reporter or newspaper or TV station - and voilá! Instant news - copy and paste. Written by corporate PR firms.

Does this really happen? Every single day, since the 1920s when the idea of the News Release was first invented by Ivy Lee. (Stauber, p 22) Sometimes as many as half the stories appearing in an issue of the Wall St. Journal are based solely on such PR press releases.. (22) These types of stories are mixed right in with legitimately researched stories. Unless you have done the research yourself, you won't be able to tell the difference.

THE LANGUAGE OF SPIN

As 1920s spin pioneers like Ivy Lee and Edward Bernays gained more experience, they began to formulate rules and guidelines for creating public opinion. They learned quickly that mob psychology must focus on emotion, not facts. Since the mob is incapable of rational thought, motivation must be based not on logic but on presentation. Here are some of the axioms of the new science of PR:
* technology is a religion unto itself * if people are incapable of rational thought, real democracy is dangerous * important decisions should be left to experts * when reframing issues, stay away from substance; create images * never state a clearly demonstrable lie
Words are very carefully chosen for their emotional impact. Here's an example. A front group called the International Food Information Council handles the public's natural aversion to genetically modified foods. Trigger words are repeated all through the text. Now in the case of GM foods, the public is instinctively afraid of these experimental new creations which have suddenly popped up on our grocery shelves which are said to have DNA alterations. The IFIC wants to reassure the public of the safety of GM foods, so it avoids words like:
Frankenfoods Hitler biotech chemical DNA experiments manipulate money safety scientists radiation roulette gene-splicing gene gun random
Instead, good PR for GM foods contains words like:
hybrids natural order beauty choice bounty cross-breeding diversity earth farmer organic wholesome.

It's basic Freudian/Tony Robbins word association. The fact that GM foods are not hybrids that have been subjected to the slow and careful scientific methods of real cross-breeding doesn't really matter. This is pseudoscience, not science. Form is everything and substance just a passing myth. (Trevanian)

Who do you think funds the International Food Information Council? Take a wild guess. Right - Monsanto, DuPont, Frito-Lay, Coca Cola, Nutrasweet - those in a position to make fortunes from GM foods. (Stauber p 20)

CHARACTERISTICS OF GOOD PROPAGANDA

As the science of mass control evolved, PR firms developed further guidelines for effective copy. Here are some of the gems:
- dehumanize the attacked party by labeling and name calling
- speak in glittering generalities using emotionally positive words
- when covering something up, don't use plain English; stall for time; distract
- get endorsements from celebrities, churches, sports figures, street people...anyone who has no expertise in the subject at hand
- the 'plain folks' ruse: us billionaires are just like you
- when minimizing outrage, don't say anything memorable
- when minimizing outrage, point out the benefits of what just happened
- when minimizing outrage, avoid moral issues
Keep this list. Start watching for these techniques. Not hard to find - look at today's paper or tonight's TV news. See what they're doing; these guys are good!

SCIENCE FOR HIRE

PR firms have become very sophisticated in the preparation of news releases. They have learned how to attach the names of famous scientists to research that those scientists have not even looked at. (Stauber, p 201) This is a common occurrence. In this way the editors of newspapers and TV news shows are often not even aware that an individual release is a total PR fabrication. Or at least they have "deniability," right?

Stauber tells the amazing story of how leaded gas came into the picture. In 1922, General Motors discovered that adding lead to gasoline gave cars more horsepower. When there was some concern about safety, GM paid the Bureau of Mines to do some fake "testing" and publish spurious research that 'proved' that inhalation of lead was harmless. Enter Charles Kettering.

Founder of the world famous Sloan-Kettering Memorial Institute for medical research, Charles Kettering also happened to be an executive with General Motors. By some strange coincidence, we soon have the Sloan Kettering institute issuing reports stating that lead occurs naturally in the body and that the body has a way of eliminating low level exposure. Through its association with The Industrial Hygiene Foundation and PR giant Hill & Knowlton, Sloane Kettering opposed all anti-lead research for years. (Stauber p 92). Without organized scientific opposition, for the next 60 years more and more gasoline became leaded, until by the 1970s, 90% or our gasoline was leaded.

Finally it became too obvious to hide that lead was a major carcinogen, and leaded gas was phased out in the late 1980s. But during those 60 years, it is estimated that some 30 million tons of lead were released in vapor form onto American streets and highways. 30 million tons.
That is PR, my friends.

JUNK SCIENCE

In 1993 a guy named Peter Huber wrote a new book and coined a new term. The book was Galileo's Revenge and the term was junk science. Huber's shallow thesis was that real science supports technology, industry, and progress. Anything else was suddenly junk science. Not surprisingly, Stauber explains how Huber's book was supported by the industry-backed Manhattan Institute.

Huber's book was generally dismissed not only because it was so poorly written, but because it failed to realize one fact: true scientific research begins with no conclusions. Real scientists are seeking the truth because they do not yet know what the truth is.

True scientific method goes like this:
1. form a hypothesis
2. make predictions for that hypothesis
3. test the predictions
4. reject or revise the hypothesis based on the research findings

Boston University scientist Dr. David Ozonoff explains that ideas in science are themselves like "living organisms, that must be nourished, supported, and cultivated with resources for making them grow and flourish." (Stauber p 205) Great ideas that don't get this financial support because the commercial angles are not immediately obvious - these ideas wither and die.

Another way you can often distinguish real science from phony is that real science points out flaws in its own research. Phony science pretends there were no flaws.

THE REAL JUNK SCIENCE

Contrast this with modern PR and its constant pretensions to sound science. Corporate sponsored research, whether it's in the area of drugs, GM foods, or chemistry begins with predetermined conclusions. It is the job of the scientists then to prove that these conclusions are true, because of the economic upside that proof will bring to the industries paying for that research. This invidious approach to science has shifted the entire focus of research in America during the past 50 years, as any true scientist is likely to admit.

Stauber documents the increasing amount of corporate sponsorship of university research. (206) This has nothing to do with the pursuit of knowledge. Scientists lament that research has become just another commodity, something bought and sold. (Crossen)

THE TWO MAIN TARGETS OF "SOUND SCIENCE"

It is shocking when Stauber shows how the vast majority of corporate PR today opposes any research that seeks to protect: Public Health and The Environment
It's a funny thing that most of the time when we see the phrase "junk science," it is in a context of defending something that may threaten either the environment or our health. This makes sense when one realizes that money changes hands only by selling the illusion of health and the illusion of environmental protection. True public health and real preservation of the earth's environment have very low market value.

Stauber thinks it ironic that industry's self-proclaimed debunkers of junk science are usually non-scientists themselves. (255) Here again they can do this because the issue is not science, but the creation of images.

THE LANGUAGE OF ATTACK

When PR firms attack legitimate environmental groups and alternative medicine people, they again use special words which will carry an emotional punch:
outraged sound science junk science sensible scaremongering responsible phobia hoax alarmist hysteria
The next time you are reading a newspaper article about an environmental or health issue, note how the author shows bias by using the above terms. This is the result of very specialized training.

Another standard PR tactic is to use the rhetoric of the environmentalists themselves to defend a dangerous and untested product that poses an actual threat to the environment. This we see constantly in the PR smokescreen that surrounds genetically modified foods. They talk about how GM foods are necessary to grow more food and to end world hunger, when the reality is that GM foods actually have lower yields per acre than natural crops. (Stauber p 173) The grand design sort of comes into focus once you realize that almost all GM foods have been created by the sellers of herbicides and pesticides so that those plants can withstand greater amounts of herbicides and pesticides. (The Magic Bean)

THE MIRAGE OF PEER REVIEW

Publish or perish is the classic dilemma of every research scientist. That means whoever expects funding for the next research project had better get the current research paper published in the best scientific journals. And we all know that the best scientific journals, like JAMA, New England Journal, British Medical Journal, etc. are peer-reviewed. Peer review means that any articles which actually get published, between all those full color drug ads and pharmaceutical centerfolds, have been reviewed and accepted by some really smart guys with a lot of credentials. The assumption is, if the article made it past peer review, the data and the conclusions of the research study have been thoroughly checked out and bear some resemblance to physical reality.

But there are a few problems with this hot little set up. First off, money. Even though prestigious venerable medical journals pretend to be so objective and scientific and incorruptible, the reality is that they face the same type of being called to account that all glossy magazines must confront: don't antagonize your advertisers. Those full-page drug ads in the best journals cost millions,Jack. How long will a pharmaceutical company pay for ad space in a magazine that prints some very sound scientific research paper that attacks the safety of the drug in the centerfold? Think about it. The editors aren't that stupid.
Another problem is the conflict of interest thing. There's a formal requirement for all medical journals that any financial ties between an author and a product manufacturer be disclosed in the article. In practice, it never happens. A study done in 1997 of 142 medical journals did not find even one such disclosure. (Wall St. Journal, 2 Feb 99)
A 1998 study from the New England Journal of Medicine found that 96% of peer reviewed articles had financial ties to the drug they were studying. (Stelfox, 1998) Big shock, huh? Any disclosures? Yeah, right. This study should be pointed out whenever somebody starts getting too pompous about the objectivity of peer review, like they often do.
Then there's the outright purchase of space. A drug company may simply pay $100,000 to a journal to have a favorable article printed. (Stauber, p 204)

Fraud in peer review journals is nothing new. In 1987, the New England Journal ran an article that followed the research of R. Slutsky MD over a seven year period. During that time, Dr. Slutsky had published 137 articles in a number of peer-reviewed journals. NEJM found that in at least 60 of these 137, there was evidence of major scientific fraud and misrepresentation, including:
* reporting data for experiments that were never done * reporting measurements that were never made * reporting statistical analyses that were never done
oEngler
Dean Black PhD, describes what he the calls the Babel Effect that results when this very common and frequently undetected scientific fraudulent data in peer-reviewed journals are quoted by other researchers, who are in turn re-quoted by still others, and so on.

Want to see something that sort of re-frames this whole discussion? Check out the McDonald's ads which often appear in the Journal of the American Medical Association. Then keep in mind that this is the same publication that for almost 50 years ran cigarette ads proclaiming the health benefits of tobacco. (Robbins)

Very scientific, oh yes.

KILL YOUR TV?

Hope this chapter has given you a hint to start reading newspaper and magazine articles a little differently, and perhaps start watching TV news shows with a slightly different attitude than you had before. Always ask, what are they selling here, and who's selling it? And if you actually follow up on Stauber & Rampton's book and check out some of the other resources below, you might even glimpse the possibility of advancing your life one quantum simply by ceasing to subject your brain to mass media. That's right - no more newspapers, no more TV news, no more Time magazine or Newsweek. You could actually do that. Just think what you could do with the extra time alone.

Really feel like you need to "relax" or find out "what's going on in the world" for a few hours every day? Think about the news of the past couple of years for a minute. Do you really suppose the major stories that have dominated headlines and TV news have been "what is going on in the world?" Do you actually think there's been nothing going on besides the contrived tech slump, the contrived power shortages, the re-filtered accounts of foreign violence and disaster, and all the other non-stories that the puppeteers dangle before us every day? What about when they get a big one, like with OJ or Monica Lewinsky or the Oklahoma city bombing? Do we really need to know all that detail, day after day? Do we have any way of verifying all that detail, even if we wanted to? What is the purpose of news? To inform the public? Hardly. The sole purpose of news is to keep the public in a state of fear and uncertainty so that they'll watch again tomorrow and be subjected to the same advertising. Oversimplification? Of course. That's the mark of mass media mastery - simplicity. The invisible hand. Like Edward Bernays said, the people must be controlled without them knowing it.

Consider this: what was really going on in the world all that time they were distracting us with all that stupid vexatious daily smokescreen? Fear and uncertainty -- that's what keeps people coming back for more.

If this seems like a radical outlook, let's take it one step further: What would you lose from your life if you stopped watching TV and stopped reading newspapers altogether?

Would your life really suffer any financial, moral, intellectual or academic loss from such a decision?
Do you really need to have your family continually absorbing the illiterate, amoral, phony, uncultivated, desperately brainless values of the people featured in the average nightly TV program? Are these fake, programmed robots "normal"?

Do you need to have your life values constantly spoonfed to you?

Are those shows really amusing, or just a necessary distraction to keep you from looking at reality, or trying to figure things out yourself by doing a little independent reading?

Name one example of how your life is improved by watching TV news and reading the evening paper. What measurable gain is there for you?

PLANET OF THE APES?

There's no question that as a nation, we're getting dumber year by year. Look at the presidents we've been choosing lately. Ever notice the blatant grammar mistakes so ubiquitous in today's advertising and billboards? Literacy is marginal in most American secondary schools. Three-fourths of California high school seniors can't read well enough to pass their exit exams. ( SJ Mercury 20 Jul 01) If you think other parts of the country are smarter, try this one: hand any high school senior a book by Dumas or Jane Austen, and ask them to open to any random page and just read one paragraph out loud. Go ahead, do it. SAT scales are arbitrarily shifted lower and lower to disguise how dumb kids are getting year by year. (ADD: A Designer Disease) At least 10% have documented "learning disabilities," which are reinforced and rewarded by special treatment and special drugs. Ever hear of anyone failing a grade any more?

Or observe the intellectual level of the average movie which these days may only last one or two weeks in the theatres, especially if it has insufficient explosions, chase scenes, silicone, fake martial arts, and cretinesque dialogue. Radio? Consider the low mental qualifications of the falsely animated corporate simians hired as DJs -- seems like they're only allowed to have 50 thoughts, which they just repeat at random. And at what point did popular music cease to require the study of any musical instrument or theory whatsoever, not to mention lyric? Perhaps we just don't understand this emerging art form, right? The Darwinism of MTV - apes descended from man.

Ever notice how most articles in any of the glossy magazines sound like they were all written by the same guy? And this writer just graduated from junior college? And yet has all the correct opinions on social issues, no original ideas, and that shallow, smug, homogenized corporate omniscience, to assure us that everything is going to be fine... Yes, everything is fine.

All this is great news for the PR industry - makes their job that much easier. Not only are very few paying attention to the process of conditioning; fewer are capable of understanding it even if somebody explained it to them.

TEA IN THE CAFETERIA

Let's say you're in a crowded cafeteria, and you buy a cup of tea. And as you're about to sit down you see your friend way across the room. So you put the tea down and walk across the room and talk to your friend for a few minutes. Now, coming back to your tea, are you just going to pick it up and drink it? Remember, this is a crowded place and you've just left your tea unattended for several minutes. You've given anybody in that room access to your tea.
Why should your mind be any different? Turning on the TV, or uncritically absorbing mass publications every day - these activities allow access to our minds by "just anyone" - anyone who has an agenda, anyone with the resources to create a public image via popular media. As we've seen above, just because we read something or see something on TV doesn't mean it's true or worth knowing. So the idea here is, like the tea, the mind is also worth guarding, worth limiting access to it.

This is the only life we get. Time is our total capital. Why waste it allowing our potential, our personality, our values to be shaped, crafted, and limited according to the whims of the mass panderers? There are many truly important decisions that are crucial to our physical, mental, and spiritual well-being, decisions which require information and research. If it's an issue where money is involved, objective data won't be so easy to obtain. Remember, if everybody knows something, that image has been bought and paid for.

Real knowledge takes a little effort, a little excavation down at least one level below what "everybody knows."


REFERENCES
Stauber & Rampton Trust Us, We're Experts Tarcher/Putnam 2001
Ewen, Stuart PR!: A Social History of Spin 1996 ISBN: 0-465-06168-0 Published by Basic Books, A Division of Harper Collins
Tye, Larry The Father of Spin: Edward L. Bernays and the Birth of Public Relations Crown Publishers, Inc. 2001
King, R Medical journals rarely disclose researchers' ties Wall St. Journal, 2 Feb 99.
Engler, R et al. Misrepresentation and Responsibility in Medical Research
New England Journal of Medicine v 317 p 1383 26 Nov 1987
Black, D PhD Health At the Crossroads Tapestry 1988.
Trevanian Shibumi 1983.
Crossen, C Tainted Truth: The Manipulation of Fact in America 1996.
Robbins, J Reclaiming Our Health Kramer 1996.
Jefferson, T Writings New York Library of America, p 493; 1984.
O'Shea T The Magic Bean 2000 www.thedoctorwithin.com Alternative Medicine magazine May 2001.

re: For a decade Icke has exhibited signs of serious mental instability

That is a major understatement!

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

David Icke And The Politics Of Madness

Where The New Age Meets The Third Reich

by Will Offley

February 29, 2000

On the face of it, few people would credit a retired soccer player who rants about a world takeover by blood-drinking lizards from outer space as being much of a threat to democracy. And as a general rule, they would probably be right.

David Icke, however, is an exception to that rule.

Icke, 48, is a native of Leicester, England. For five years he played professionally for the Coventry City and Hereford United soccer teams until forced to retire by arthritis. He subsequently went on to become a sports announcer for BBC-TV. For three years from 1988 to 1991 he was national spokesperson for the British Green Party, until he began a political evolution that was to begin with his expulsion from the Greens and wind up with his current involvement with anti-Semitism, neofascism, and lizards from Mars.1

At first this evolution seemed relatively harmless. Icke began to flirt seriously with New Age theories, and then began to act on them. He dressed in turquoise, and began to call himself the "son of godhead". But by the time his book "The Robot's Rebellion" was printed in 1994, his trajectory had begun to take quite a different course. In 1996, the British magazine "Left Green Perspectives" wrote that this book "indicated a convergence of New Age thinking with Nazi philosophy. Casting aside his pat concerns about the environment, Icke enthusiastically embraced the classic Nazi conspiracy theory, alleging that the world is controlled by a secret cadre of "The Elite." He openly endorsed The Protocols of the Elders of Zion, the Tsarist anti-Semitic forgery that informed Hitler's notion of a global Jewish conspiracy."

The following year Icke brought out another book, "...and the truth shall set you free." This one, however, was self-published, as its content was so objectionable that his publisher refused to have it printed. And small wonder. The book repeated Icke's previous claims that the Protocols were true, and went on to state: "I strongly believe that a small Jewish clique which has contempt for the mass of Jewish people worked with non-Jews to create the First World War, the Russian Revolution, and the Second World War....They then dominated the Versailles Peace Conference and created the circumstances which made the Second World War inevitable. They financed Hitler to power in 1933 and made the funds available for his rearmament." 2

In this book, Icke went even further. He began to flirt explicitly with Holocaust denial, saying "why do we play a part in suppressing alternative information to the official line of the Second World War? How is it right that while this fierce suppression goes on, free copies of the Spielberg film, Schindler's List, are given to schools to indoctrinate children with the unchallenged version of events. And why do we, who say we oppose tyranny and demand freedom of speech, allow people to go to prison and be vilified, and magazines to be closed down on the spot, for suggesting another version of history." 3 He also denounced the Nuremberg Trials as "a farce" and "a calculated exercise in revenge and manipulation" 4

Icke's politics today are a mishmash of most of the dominant themes of contemporary neofascism, mixed in with a smattering of topics culled from the U.S. militia movement. He has written diatribes on the Illuminati, the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission as examples of secret plots to take over the world. He opposes gun control as a plot by this Elite, which has deliberately orchestrated numerous mass shootings to whip up opposition to guns. 5 He has repeatedly posted anti-abortion literature and articles on his web site. 6 He rails against conspiracies to implant microchips in everyone's bodies, coded with the Satanic number "666". 7 He even accuses the U.S. government of carrying out the Oklahoma City bombing and murdering 168 men, women and children. 8

For a decade Icke has exhibited signs of serious mental instability. In his web site autobiography he reveals that as early as 1990 he became aware of "a presence around me, like there was always someone in the room when there was not. It got to the point where I sat on the side of the bed in a hotel room in London in early 1990 and said to whoever or whatever: "If you are there will you please contact me because you are driving me up the wall." A year later, on holiday in Peru, Icke describes hearing voices: "as I looked at the mound, a voice in my head began to say: "Come to me, come to me, come to me.... Suddenly I felt my feet pulled to the ground again like a magnet, the same as in the newspaper shop, but this time far more powerful. My arms then shot above my head, with no decision by me for them to do so.... A flow of powerful energy began to go into the top of my head like a drill, and I could feel the flow going the other way up from the ground through my feet. It was then I heard the third voice in my head, something that has never happened since. It said very clearly: "It will be over when you feel the rain"." 9

Over the last year Icke's writings have become so paranoid and so extreme that many are probably inclined to dismiss him as posing any sort of threat, or requiring a response. Icke is now arguing in all seriousness that the Illuminati plot to take over the world is actually being carried out by a race of extraterrestrial reptiles in human form. They are described, literally, as being child-sacrificing, blood-drinking Satan-worshippers capable of changing their shape, whose ranks include George Bush, Bill and Hilary Clinton, Queen Elizabeth, the Queen Mum, Bob Hope and Kris Kristofferson, among others. 10

David Icke is not alone. He is a small industry in a large and lucrative market of often well-to do New Age boomers. He has several web sites, an e-magazine, his own publishing house, and at least 9 books and 4 videotapes to his credit. He is constantly on the road, touring North America, Europe, Australia, South Africa, the Pyramids, and elsewhere. In the last five years he has spoken in Vancouver as many times, and across Canada he can turn out substantial audiences. His organizers claim he had 1,000 people out to hear him at his last gig in Vancouver, and he hopes to fill the Vogue Theatre on March 19. It's a large milieu that can afford the hefty prices Icke charges - up to $67 to attend a lecture, forty to fifty dollars for videotapes - and that generates a sizeable income for Icke and his message of conspiracism, fear and hate.

To organize all this, Icke has developed an international network of people who work with him and for him. They book the dates, churn out the posters and press releases, do the advance work, pick him up at the airport, get him to the hotel, introduce him, and get him back to his flight on time. They also show clearly why David Icke is a dangerous man, because they underscore his politics in an unmistakable way.

Icke is undeniably a flake, and a world-class flake, but his danger comes from his alliances as well as his politics. And it's the far right who handle this man, who package and promote and present his message across Canada and around the world.

Take Joseph Duggan. Duggan is the proprietor of Strong Eagles Productions, the company organizing Icke's current Vancouver speaking engagement. Duggan makes his living in part from organizing B.C. speaking engagements for a string of conspiracy theorists and famous personalities of the extreme right like Glen Kealey, Cathy O'Brien, Len Horowitz and others. 11 Duggan also used to be the health editor of Shared Vision until last year, which has itself advertised tours by Icke and hosted speeches by him as well. Interspersed with monthly columns on health foods and natural healing, Duggan's writings in Shared Vision also promoted the far right anti-government activist Murray Gauvreau 12, Colorado militia supporter Suzanne Harris 13, and the notorious Glen Kealey. 14

In March 1997, Duggan's column referred extensively to the book "War Cycles, Peace Cycles" by American writer Richard K. Hoskins. 15 Hoskins has been denounced as "a virulent anti-Semite who is a leading ideologue of the Christian Identity movement" by no less a source than Conrad Black's National Post. When Aryan Nations member Buford Furrow was arrested in Los Angeles last August after shooting and wounding five people at a Jewish community centre and murdering a Filipino postal worker, police found a copy of "War Cycles, Peace Cycles" in his car. 16

Icke's books and videos are also distributed by an organization in Salmon Arm, B.C. called The Preferred Network. The Preferred Network's web site advertises at least four of Icke's books and the same number of videotapes, as well as an extensive selection of U.S. and Canadian conspiracy materials covering the traditional themes particular to the far right: the government coverup of the Oklahoma City bombing, "The 10 Secrets Revenue Canada Doesn't Want You To Know", "Humanity's Extraterrestrial Origins", the AIDS coverup, the Ebola coverup, the Lockerbie coverup, the PanAm 800 coverup, "Satanism And The CIA", and Kari Simpson's expose of the gay agenda in B.C. schools. 17

David Lethbridge, director of the Salmon Arm Coalition Against Racism, has described the organizer of The Preferred Network in the following way: "a well-attended demonstration opposing the Multilateral Agreement on Investment was held [in the spring of 1998] in Salmon Arm, B.C.... Working the fringes was Wes Mann, organizer of the Preferred Network. Mann was handing out flyers for conspiracy advocates David Icke, Ted Gunderson and Cathy O'Brien. Whenever he could, Mann would strike up a conversation with one of the demonstrators, then write down their name and phone number. I knew who Mann was. His Preferred Network catalog carries several dozen books and tapes promoting the usual New Age fare: cancer cures, spiritualist prophecies, UFO tales and so on. But much of the catalog consists of materials promoting right-wing militias and right-wing conspiracy theories, and books by notorious fascists and antisemites such as Eustace Mullins. I went over to Mann, who did not recognize me, and began to question him. Within minutes he was telling me that the MAI was the work of a conspiracy organized by the mysterious "Black Nobility" and the "International Bankers". The anti-Jewish code words were obvious. Soon Mann was telling me that the antisemitic forgery The Protocols Of The Elders Of Zion was authentic, that the Nazi Holocaust had never occurred, that the contemporary Jews were not Jews at all but descendants of the Turkish Khazars, and that the fascist Eustace Mullins was "a brilliant researcher"." 18

In Ottawa, Icke's key organizer is Tom J. Kennedy. Kennedy was responsible for much of the organizational detail of Icke's October 1999 speaking tour in Ottawa, Toronto, and Windsor, Ontario, also acting as his gofer and driver. 19 But Kennedy's activities do not stop there. He is an active supporter of Canada's DeTax movement, a far right current that imitates the tax-resistance strategies of the Freemen and other Christian Patriot groups in the U.S. 20 Kennedy's web site also promotes Glen Kealey's conspiracist workshops, and other similar endeavours. 21 And his politics become even clearer when one reads the materials Kennedy has posted on the internet over his own name. On January 18, 1999, he posted an article attacking usury [a favourite code word among the far right for the international Jewish Bankers Conspiracy]. 22 He had originally found this article on a British web site, and liked it so much he reposted it to his own list. The British group that had written the article, Final Conflict, is one of Britain's hard-core neo-nazi groups, whose web site carries articles entitled "Did Six Million Really Die" and slogans reading "Long Live Death." 23 Four months later, on May 6, 1999 Kennedy posted an article on secret societies he had picked up from the Hoffman Wire. 24 The Hoffman Wire is a far-right Holocaust denial organization based in Coeur d'Alene, Idaho, not far from the headquarters of Aryan Nations. 25

Kennedy's web site now carries an article "Fear NOT - The Ultimate Label "Anti-Semitic", which clarifies his endorsement of Icke's politics: "I have always been motivated to find out the real reasons why particular researchers and historians get targeted with the ultimate label "Anti-Semitic" and other lesser labels such as "Neo-Nazi" and "Racist" Needless to say, I was motivated to follow the information in search of reasons why David Icke was being so labelled during his Ontario `99 tour.... Perhaps the unfair labelling of researchers as "Anti-Semites" has a hidden agenda to keep people from seeking the "truth?" Or could this whole "Anti-Semitic" labelling be another "divide and conquer" deflection to keep us busy while the real 10,000 year agenda of the Freemasons and Bilderbergers is being completed? Just wondering??" 26 In probability, the labelling of Tom Kennedy as anti-Semitic might have more to do with his stated support for Holocaust denier David Irving ("a meticulous historical researcher" 27), or with his pal Ernst Zundel, who told Kennedy in the early 1980's "Tom, you are writing about the usurious money system which reaps the Financial Elite multiple millions annually. What you are writing about is even more sacred than "the holocaust", so be very careful for your well-being!!" 28

David Icke's associations with the extreme right are not confined to Canada, nor are they only a recent phenomenon. One of the most ominous instances of this was documented in an article in the London Evening Standard concerning Icke's 1995 speaking tour of Britain to promote his newest book, The Robot's Rebellion. Journalist Mark Honigsbaum reported that "what worries the Jewish community most is that Icke's veiled anti-Semitic references are now attracting the attention of more sinister British forces, in particular Combat 18, the neo-Nazi group which recruits among football's violent hooligan fringe. The Jewish Chronicle has reported how Combat 18 has taken to publicizing Icke's current tour in its internal journal, Putsch. Citing Icke's recent lecture in Glastonbury, Putsch claimed that Icke "spoke of "the sheep" and how the Zionist-operated government, sorry, "Illuminati", uses them for its own ends." The Combat 18 report continued: "He began to talk about the big conspiracy by a group of bankers, media moguls, etc. - always being clever enough not to mention what all these had in common"." 29

Combat 18 is fascist. The numbers do not stand for "eighteen" but for "one - eight", the first and eighth letters of the alphabet. A and H, as in Adolph Hitler. C18 was for much of the 90's the most important and the most violent organization in the British neo-Nazi movement, with a number of murders to its credit. 30 C18 has now fallen on hard times. Its main leader, Charlie Sargent, is serving a life term for the first degree murder of one of his own followers, and the group itself promptly split in two over a bitter struggle over finances; but none of this prevented it from carrying out two bombings in black and Bangladeshi neighbourhoods in London last summer, or of being suspected in the bombing of a gay pub that killed two and sent 60 people to hospital. 31 Such are David Icke's friends and associates.

Despite this record, Icke enjoys a surprising degree of support from unexpected quarters. Connie Fogal, married to the long-time leftie alderman Harry Rankin, has had her organization, the Defence of Canadian Liberty Association, set up a literature table at one of Icke's appearances. Paul Hellyer's Canada Action Party also had a table at Icke's last Vancouver speech. Icke is listed as a contributor to the supposedly left-wing tabloid The Radical, published in Quesnel and distributed widely throughout B.C. And Icke's tours have been advertised in local New Age publications like Shared Vision and Common Ground.

The fact is that some of what Icke says has a resonance in these quarters. He's against world conspiracies, free trade, the MAI, the WTO and corporate globalism. Many of his far right supporters are active in other areas as well: cannabis legalization, alternative health, anti-corporate activism, even support for native sovereignty struggles like Gustavsen Lake. It's long overdue for the left, the environmental movement, feminists, anti-WTO activists, lesbians and gays, and yes, even New Agers, to start looking more closely at Icke and his friends. The advocates of Holocaust denial and anti-Semitism will seldom if ever reveal their real agenda. They prefer to work in the shadows, using coded language, building patiently for a new and improved Reich. The threat they pose is no less real simply because it doesn't register on the radar screen. Yet.

All we need to do is look at Austria to see why these politics have to be confronted, isolated and defeated, and the price we will all pay if they are not.

Watch out for the snakes!!-

THE REPTILIAN CONNECTION
By David Icke


If you are new to my work, the most bizarre information you will find on this site is that concerning the reptilian connection.

I understand that. It is quite something to absorb from our conditioned version of reality. But, then, that is the very point. If you want to keep something from the people, give them a version of reality and possibility that is so far from what is really going on that even if the truth comes to light it will seem far too ludicrous and extreme for most people to believe it.



Indeed, if you do your job well enough,
the people will laugh at the truth,
call it insane, and
ridicule anyone who promotes it.
To truly understand how all the information on this site fits together into one coherent whole (which it does), you really need to read my book, The Biggest Secret. But for those who have not yet done so, here is some basic background. Please remember, however, that in the book there is an enormous amount of information to support what I am about to say.

When I reached the point some years ago where I had put together the structure through which a few people control the direction of the world (see And The Truth Shall Set You Free), it was clear that this network of secret societies and covert groups manipulating global politics, business, banking, military, media, and so on, could not have been put together in a few years or decades. It had to go back a very long time.

So I began to trace it back into what we call history. I did this in the knowledge that, for some reason, bloodline and genetics were vitally important to these manipulators, the Illuminati or Illuminated ones - illuminated into knowledge that the public never see.

I followed the trail back comfortably to the time of the Crusades in the Middle East, the 12th and 13th centuries, that kind of period, and on it went far back into the ancient world and pre-history.

There, all over the planet, you find the ancient legends and accounts of "gods" from another world who interbred with humanity to create a hybrid network of bloodlines. The Old Testament, for example, talks about the "Sons of God" who interbred with the daughters of men to create the hybrid race, the Nefilim. Before it was translated into English, that passage read "the sons of the gods", plural. But the Bible accounts are only one of so many that describe the same theme.

The Sumerian clay tablets, found in what we now call Iraq in the middle of the 19th century, tell a similar story. It is estimated they were buried around 2,000 BC, but the stories they tell go back long before that. The tablets talk of a race of "gods" from another world who brought advanced knowledge to the planet and interbred with humans to create hybrid bloodlines. These "gods" are called in the tablets, the "Anunnaki", which apparently translates as "those who from heaven to earth came."

The ancient accounts tell us that these hybrid bloodlines, the fusion of the genes of selected humans with those of the "gods", were put into the positions of ruling royal power, especially in the ancient Near and Middle East, in advanced cultures like Sumer, Babylon, and Egypt. But it happened elsewhere, also, as you will find, for example, in the amazing information provided on this site by the African Zulu shaman, Credo Mutwa, and in the incredible Credo videos, Reptilian Agenda, parts one and two. He tells the same story from the black African tradition that I have uncovered elsewhere in the world.

The accounts of the "serpent race" in ancient cultures are simply endless wherever you look and the serpent, reptilian, symbolism in relation to the Anunnaki and other versions of these "gods" is equally widespread. We see this in the Bible, for instance, with the serpent in the "Garden of Eden"- a story which clearly comes from the Sumerian accounts, as does the story of Moses in the bulrushes, a story told about a Sumerian king long before the Bible. This is why I found it so astounding when I was told by Zecharia Sitchin, the best-known translator of the Sumerian tablets, that there was no evidence of a serpent race in the ancient world. Of course there is. He also strongly advised me in relation to the serpent race…"Don't go there". Why, when the evidence, ancient and modern, is so enormous?

From these bloodlines has come the origin of the "divine right of kings", the belief that only certain bloodlines have the god-given right to rule. In truth this is not the "divine" or "God" at all. It is the right to rule from the reptilian "gods" by way of your hybrid genetics.

These bloodlines later became the royal and aristocratic families of Europe and, thanks to the "Great" British Empire and the other European empires, they were exported to the Americas, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, and right across into the Far East, where they connected with other reptilian hybrid bloodlines, like those, most obviously, in China, where the symbolism of the dragon is the very basis of their culture.

These reptilian-human hybrid lines became the political and economic rulers of these lands occupied by the European empires and they continue to rule these countries to this day. The United States of America has been home to hundreds of millions of people since 1776. What's more, these people came from an amazingly diverse genetic pool. And yet, wait for this, the 42 who have become Presidents of the United States are all related!!! Thirty-Three of them alone go back to Charlemagne, one of the most famous monarchs of what we call France. He just happens to be a major figure in the story of these bloodlines and their expansion out of Britain, France, Germany, and elsewhere.

See Related Articles:

THE WINDSOR-BUSH BLOODLINE
Bush~Windsor~Piso Bloodline


The Rothschilds, Rockefellers, the British royal family, and the ruling political and economic families of the US and the rest of the world come from these SAME bloodlines. This is why the so called Eastern Establishment families of the United States interbreed with each other as obsessively as the European royal and "noble" families have always done. And similar families across the world. It is not because of snobbery, it is to hold as best they can a genetic structure - the reptilian-mammalian DNA combination which allows them to "shape-shift".

You will also see references on the site to "shape-shifting", the phenomena in which witnesses have reported seeing people (most often those in positions of power), transform before their eyes, from a human form to a reptilian one and then back again. You will find much about this in The Biggest Secret and Credo Mutwa confirms exactly the same experience in black Africa. Once again, ancient and modern accounts support each other. The ancient gods of the Indus Valley, the Nagas, were said to have been able to take either human or reptilian form.

Former US president, George Bush, incidentally, is mentioned more than any other person in my experience in relation to shape-shifting. This is why his son is being brought through in the 2000 presidential election.



Presidents are not EL-ected by ballot,
they are SEL-ected by blood.
Al Gore, his "Democratic" opponent in the one-party state, is also from this bloodline. Look almost anywhere in the world in a position of significant power and you will find the same.

The reptilian symbolism you see around you with gargoyles, in coats of arms, in advertising, and so on, is all part of this.

These "gods" could not take over the planet openly because there are not enough of them, so they are doing it covertly by appearing human. Movies like They Live, The Arrival (the first, not the sequel), and the US television series, V, tell the story of what is REALLY going on. I urge you to think about watching these movies to get up to speed if you are new to all of this.

New World Order and conspiracy researchers also have political and religious belief systems to defend and while they uncover one level of the conspiracy, most reject and even ridicule what I am saying about the reptilian connection. That's fine, but unless they encompass this bigger picture they will never, in my view, understand what is truly happening all around us.

As Ghandi said:


"Even if you are in a minority of one,
the truth is still the truth".
And as a result of the waves The Biggest Secret has caused, and the new information, experiences, and accounts the book and this website have attracted from all over the world, there is a growing understanding that this apparently bizarre, crazy, story is actually true. That the world may indeed be controlled by reptilian bloodlines that hide behind apparently human form and it is this understanding which pulls together all the apparently unconnected information on this site into a very much connected whole.

Here are some examples:




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RELIGION:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If you wish to control a mass population, you have to disconnect them from the true knowledge of who they are and their own infinite potential to manifest their own destiny and control their own lives. You have to persuade them that they are insignificant and powerless so they will live their lives in accordance with that.

This is where religion has been one of the most effective weapons of the Illuminati and the reptilian bloodlines. It fills people with fear of a judgmental God and tells them that unless they believe that the "truth" of all that is can be found in one book or belief system, they are going to hell or will experience other extremely unpleasant consequences.

Different religions have also been wonderful vehicles for dividing and ruling the people through arrogant, self-righteous, inter-religious conflict. The reptilians created the religions for this reason and the key players within them do not even begin to believe the nonsense they parrot to their followers. They just want the population to believe it, so they will be easy to control. This is why you find so many famous "Christian" evangelists, for example, are actually Satanists. Their "Christianity" is just a smokescreen.



SEE THE RELIGION ARCHIVES
AND THE NEWS ROOM



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MEDICINE AND MEDIA:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based "medicine" ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called "alternative" forms of healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern "medicine".

Food additives, fast food, flouride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling "education" and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the "news" media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most journalists are so brain-dead themselves, so lacking in understanding of what they are part of, that they, like most of the population, play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists.



SEE THE MEDICAL RESEARCH ARCHIVES
AND THE NEWS ROOM



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MIND CONTROL

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This is obviously very related to religion, which is, for me, the greatest form of mass mind control yet invented. So is advertising and television. But mind control goes much deeper than that. The Illuminati-reptilian mind-control projects have produced literally millions of mind-controlled robots in endless walks of life, who are programmed to carry out the Illuminati agenda.

There are many electronic ways that this is done today, but one of the key methods is trauma-based mind control. This is where people are traumatised through sexual abuse, violence, being forced to witness and take part in human sacrifice rituals, and countless other horrors. Such experiences activate the mechanism in the mind which shuts out memories of extreme trauma.

One expression of this, which many people have experienced, is when they cannot recall the memory of a bad car crash. They can remember before and after, but not the impact. The mind puts an amnesic barrier around the memory so we do not have to keep re-living it. This is a good thing, but the Illuminati have developed methods of using this technique to traumatise a mind over and over until it fragments into a honeycomb of disconnected amnesic barriers. They then program these different fragments of mind (altars as they call them) with different tasks. The tasks are pre-programmed to be activated with a "trigger" word, colour, sound, or whatever. Once the trigger is given that programming locks in and the person will do whatever they have been programmed to do.

This can be to have sex with a famous politician, which they will not remember; to assassinate someone like John Lennon; to go crazy with a gun in a school, which leads to gun control etc. The concentration camps of Nazi Germany under the supervision of the "Angel of Death", Josef Mengele, were one of the major centres for such experimentation. Mengele was taken to the United States and South America after the war by the Illuminati under the name Doctor Green or Greenbaum to continue his horrific "work". This manifested as the notorious mind-control project, MK Ultra. The China Lake Naval Weapons Center in the California desert was one of his premier bases of operation.

The most effective time to start this process of creating human robots is before the age of five or six. Hence you have the colossal child abuse networks and the Satanic ritual abuse of children exposed on this site and in my books.



SEE THE MIND CONTROL ARCHIVES



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE ABUSE AND SATANIC RITUAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN, AND HUMAN SACRIFICE CEREMONIES IN GENERAL

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Staggering as it may seem, all of the above are massively widespread all over the world. It is happening in your community now, I don't care where you are. I, and others, have been highlighting this for years and now, as you will see on this site, the scale of it, and the famous people involved, are coming to light at last.

Partly these rituals and abuse networks are to do with traumatising people, especially children, but it is far more than just that. Follow the Illuminati-reptilian bloodlines from the ancient world to now and they have ALWAYS taken part in human sacrifice ceremonies and blood-drinking. The sacrifices to "the gods" in the ancient accounts were literally sacrifices to the reptilians and their hybrid bloodines. The story of the blood-drinking Dracula is symbolic of these reptilian "vampires". One of the locations of this reptilian group would appear to be the star-system known as Draco and "draconian" certainly sums up the Illuminati.

To hold their human form, these entities need to drink human (mammalian) blood and access the energy it contains to maintain their DNA codes in their "human" expression. If they don't, they manifest their reptilian codes and we would all see what they really look like. "Oh, my God, Mr. President, do you always eat your breakfast from across the room?".

From what I understand from former "insiders", the blood (energy) of babies and small children is the most effective for this, as are blond-haired, blue-eyed people. Hence these are the ones overwhelmingly used in sacrifice, as are red- haired people also, it appears.

This is why people like George Bush, Henry Kissinger, and a stream of the other Illuminati "big names" are exposed in my books and on this site as reptilian shape-shifters who take part in human sacrifice and blood drinking. The two go together. There also appears to be a very significant emphasis among the Illuminati-reptilians and their offshoots with paedophilia, which is rampant on this planet.

SEE A LONG LIST OF ARTICLES AND NEWS STORIES ON THIS SITE FOR MORE ON THESE SUBJECTS.

I would emphasise also before I end here that I am exposing certain reptilian GROUPS behind the Illuminati, not the reptilian genetic stream in general. There are many of reptilian origin who are here to help humanity to free themselves from this mental and emotional bondage. Indeed, every one of us has a body with much reptilian genetics, including part of the brain called the R-complex, the reptilian brain. It is merely a matter of degree.

I trust this brief summary will help you to see the relevance of all the articles and information you will find on this site. In the end all these apparently unconnected "conspiracies" are part of ONE conspiracy designed to introduce ONE agenda. The reptilian control of Planet Earth and its entire population.



Love,

David Icke

Here's one- http://www.tetrahedron.org/articles/apocalypse/red_double_cross.html

perhaps you guys should check out the ,free masons or nigths templer.rose crusian.these people have been around for some time and are deeply involved in world goverments

Sometimes there is such a thing as a reverse conspiracy theory whereby a large group (the masses) are moved to take certain actions by smaller disorganized unaffiliated and disenfranchised groups who somehow manage to come together for a particular offensive against those secret societies who keep them in the dark for extended periods of time. This is the chaos theory at work. A good example can be found at the history of www.chaordic.org.

For another example, hedge funds were all the rage for wealthy investors just less than 6 months ago, with many of them using huge amounts of borrowed funds to short various stocks. Now over half of them are finding themselves in deep trouble after covering over 1 trillion in outstanding short positions during the past 8 weeks. Now that they have mostly covered, the are counting up their losses which will further depress the markets as the bad news rolls out:

Big Bond Mgrs Find Hedge Fund World Rough Sleddin
Large, total-rate-of-return bond managers such as PIMCO, Miller, Anderson & Sherrard, BlackRock


Large, total-rate-of-return bond managers such as PIMCO, Miller, Anderson & Sherrard, BlackRock and Alliance Capital Management have been suffering of late with their captive hedge funds. Hedge funds managed by all four firms are down considerably, due in large part to poorly hedged bets across the credit and mortgage-backed spectrum, as well as the National Century Financial Enterprises asset-backed scandal.
For example, bond market behemoth PIMCO's global relative value (GRV) fund, launched last April, is down 6.54% through the end of October. Calls to Bruce Brittain, director of hedge fund products at PIMCO, and Vineer Bhansali, portfolio manager, were not returned by press time last Friday. John Loftus, PIMCO's partner in charge of hedge fund development, declined to comment. An individual with knowledge of PIMCO's results says this month should erase some of the losses, speculating that returns may come in as high as 4%.

Hedge fund of funds managers also point to Morgan Stanley's Miller, Anderson unit as having suffered sharp losses, with several managers putting its losses this year above 10%. A call to David Armstrong, co-manager of its hedge fund, was not returned as by press time.

Alliance's High-Grade Strategy Fund, launched in January 2001, has been down two out of the last three months, losing 1.75% in October. Observers say ACM's fund will almost certainly be down in November as it realizes losses from its (firm-wide) $188.5 million bond position in the ABS of bankrupt NCFE. A call to ACM spokesman John Meyers was not returned by press time.

Hedge fund of fund managers point to BlackRock's Obsidian fund, which, at nearly $2.5 billion in assets is one of the largest captive hedge funds in the sector, as another that has been creamed. It is reportedly down 18% year-to-date, say several fund-of-fund managers. Keith Anderson, the manager of the fund, was traveling late last week and did not return a phone call seeking comment. Several investors in the fund say disastrous bets on corporate credit and the swaps market (paying versus receiving) are the basis of the losses.

The losses by the hedge funds are even more striking in comparison to the performance of independent fixed-income arbitrage hedge funds. For instance, MKP Capital Management's $480 million mortgage-backed securities oriented MKP Partners L.P. fund is up 20.86% year-to-date and has not shown a down month since December 2000, according to HedgeFund.net. Even more telling is the performance of MKP's $140 million credit fund, which has a higher securities selection correlation to the captive hedge funds, and is up 10.43%.

Richard Brounstein, the head of marketing at $2.1 billion in assets Ellington Capital Management in Old Greenwich, Ct., says the differential in performance is likely a function of the fact that the large managers' hedge funds have substantial MBS exposure, without a concomitant depth of MBS management experience.



Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

Not a problem. Like I said, we could argue it eternally.

Northern Trust's disclosure last week that it will write off $4.8 million for its investment in the defunct Global Straight-Through-Processing Association highlights the financial losses across the securities industry due to the virtual matching utility's failure, and underscores a lack of buy-side support for such a post-trade offering.

The Chicago-based global custodian is one of 41 members that together invested EUR91 million ($90.14 million) in the creation of the matching system connecting fund managers, brokers and global custodians. The Transaction Flow Manager (TFM) went live in September after several months of delays, but while the technology worked, volumes passing through the service were low as the venture failed to attract a critical mass of fund manager participants.

"We never received sufficient support from the buy side," said Art Thomas, a former operations head at Merrill Lynch who has been serving as a special adviser to the GSTP, the operating unit of the GSTPA. He attributed the slow uptake to the decline in cross-border trading and the postponement of one-day settlement in the United States, which steered investment managers' attention away from participating in any matching service. Add to that list a shift in IT spending habits toward disaster-recovery sites, and the need to invest resources to link to a virtual matching utility (VMU) began to fade.

With start-up funds exhausted, shareholders late last month voted to dissolve the GSTP rather than invest more cash in keeping the TFM afloat; incorporated in Switzerland, the GSTP will file for bankruptcy in Zurich.

GSTP officials would not disclose how much they were short, but sources said the unit was behind budget by at least $5 million and many millions more would be needed to cover the TFM's operating costs for at least the next year—until the system mustered sufficient volume to be self-funded.

Not only will custodian banks, broker-dealers and their fund manager clients have to write off the cost of their equity investments in the TFM, but additional expenditures in technological enhancements and IT licensing fees could well bring that price tag to the multimillions. Software vendors such as Mercator, Dovetail, HelioGraph and SeeBeyond—which were part of a growing cottage industry developing connectivity packages for the TFM—also stand to lose from the GSTP's demise, even though their software was designed to link to other VMUs.

"There were costs involved with establishing connectivity to the TFM and other technological enhancements," said Theresa Parker, SVP of Northern Trust's worldwide operations and a GSTPA board member. The bank is still calculating how much of the additional investment can be directly attributed to the GSTP initiative. "Some was also used for other projects, such as the Continuous-Linked Settlement System," Parker added. Indeed, some of the expenditures have already been expensed on Northern Trust's books, while more could be capitalized (or amortized) over a several-year period.

Parker acknowledged that the slow uptake in the TFM from buy-side firms indicated the potential lack of interest in central matching services in general. "Buy-side firms have diverted some of their IT spending to other industry initiatives and the current post-trade communications providers do provide sufficient benefits," she said, alluding to the GSTP's competitors—Omgeo and SunGard Data Systems.

Parker said many of her bank's buy-side clients already rely on Omgeo's existing products, and some fund managers have indicated they would like to migrate to the company's Central Trade Manager. However, the timetable for such a shift is still up in the air.

Others agree that the GSTP's demise has dealt a serious blow to the case for central matching. "The need to use a matching utility was one of the easiest milestones to prove in preparing for T+1," said Jerome Dumaine, a partner at Accenture. "However, with one-day settlement off the drawing board, and the post-9/11 environment shifting IT expenditures to disaster-recovery plans, the need for central matching services such as the TFM dwindled.


Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

thepennyking,

I have absolutely no interest in the John Birch Society or any whackos of their ilk. I learned what I needed to learn about them over 35 years ago. I only waded into this board when xxray started it to warn him that the "conspiracy" he was researching was rooted in the Birchers.

As I told xxray, I would rather endure a root canal than enter into a lengthy discussion of these whackos.

BTW, your understanding of Objectivism is lacking, based on an earlier comment from you. Not that it matters to me what you think, just wanted to make the point.

Ciao,

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

Expanding the theories of conspiracies to the SEC:

They take in $2 billion a year? How much of this goes to investors who have been robbed blind by analysts false information?

Some times a conspiracy is formed through a silent network of people who know about the abuses but do nothing because it benefits them in the longer run to act on omission rather than commission.

The Securities and Exchange Commission, still reeling from the recent resignation of its chairman, Harvey L. Pitt, and other top officials, is plagued by problems that go deeper than its leadership difficulties and have undermined its ability to police companies and markets, government officials and corporate law experts say.


Created in the depths of the Depression, the commission has had a long history of effectiveness that has earned it a reputation as one of the brightest stars in the constellation of federal regulatory agencies. But today, on the anniversary of the collapse of Enron — which began a wave of stunning corporate failures that exposed severe regulatory shortcomings — the commission is struggling to maintain its role as protector of investors against abuses in the marketplace.


Although the agency has managed to file a record number of cases this year and has adopted a series of tough rules, officials say the commission's divisions have lost ground in their efforts to keep up with the growth of business and the expansion of stock ownership to a new investor class.


Two of the most important units of the 3,100-person commission, its enforcement division and its office of compliance inspections, are understaffed by hundreds of officials, experts say, sharply limiting their effectiveness. Its corporate finance department cannot keep up with the deluge of company filings. Its market regulation division has for years been unable to persuade the agency's five commissioners to adopt rules of enormous consequence to the way the markets set stock prices.


And a new accounting board that is supposed to fall into place early next year is beset by budget and staffing difficulties that threaten to undermine its effectiveness.


Many of the problems facing the agency, experts say, are traceable to powerful corporate interests on Wall Street and in the accounting profession that continue, both directly and through the help of well-placed allies in Congress, to exert enormous influence on the rule-making process.


As a result, the commission's budget has remained relatively small, less than half a billion dollars, and inadequate to the task. A new law called for a spending increase of 77 percent. But officials now fear that any increase will fall far short of its needs because the agency has no leader to fight for its interests and faces a White House that has wavered over its commitment to raise the S.E.C.'s budget and a Republican Congress that has other priorities.


"We're in a very bad situation," said Charles A. Bowsher, a former comptroller general of the United States. "It is probably one of the weakest oversight positions at one of the worst possible times."


Mr. Bowsher said there were ominous parallels to the problems facing the commission and the difficulties that confronted regulators during the onset of the savings and loan collapses of more than a decade ago, when he led the General Accounting Office.


As was the case then, he said, the regulators are sharply underfinanced, face ferocious corporate lobbying interests with friends in Congress who want to weaken the rules, and are often unable to anticipate or prevent major infractions that can wind up costing investors huge sums of money.


Mr. Pitt, who has suggested he will remain chairman until the administration finds a replacement, declined requests to discuss his 15-month tenure at the head of the commission. In public appearances, he and senior administration officials portray an agency that has responded strongly to the corporate debacles of the last year by adopting a series of tough regulations and bringing more enforcement cases — against executives of companies ranging from Enron to WorldCom and Sunbeam.


"I'm enormously proud of our accomplishments, our regulatory reforms and our enforcement program," Mr. Pitt said in a recent speech at Duke University. "They have been aggressive, creative, well focused and effective."


But commission officials and securities experts describe a host of problems that have grown over the last decade. They trace many of the agency's shortcomings to the tenure of Arthur Levitt, the chairman of the agency under President Clinton, who faced significant challenges in the deregulatory climate of that era.


Mr. Levitt succeeded in putting a variety of measures on behalf of investors into effect, securities experts say, but he has also concluded in a new memoir, "Take on the Street" (Pantheon, 2002), that he was forced to reach a variety of compromises — such as on rules governing stock analyst conflicts of interest and auditor conflicts — that he now regrets.


Some experts say there are parallels between the problems the agency developed during his tenure and the difficulties it faced in its early days during the Depression, when the commission created the regulatory framework to prosecute white-collar criminals, invigorate corporate oversight by directors, and help restore the faith of investors in the markets.


"The two periods of greatest political controversy in the history of the Securities and Exchange Commission were the initial years, when the statute to create the commission and its full mandate were adopted, and the last period since the 1994 elections, when Newt Gingrich's Contract With America attempted as part of broad deregulatory effort to roll back the registration and enforcement mechanisms of the commission," said Joel Seligman, a securities expert and historian of the commission. "We have seen a wild roller-coaster ride since 1994."


He and other experts say many of the problems have grown worse under Mr. Pitt, who they say only belatedly sought a budget increase that was far less ambitious than the one approved in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the law adopted in July to improve oversight of markets, corporate governance and the accounting profession.


Now, the agency is "at a low point" in its history, said Alan R. Bromberg, a professor at the Dedman School of Law at Southern Methodist University who has followed the commission for more than 45 years and written extensively on corporate law issues.


The agency's challenges today hark back to its earliest days. It was created during the nation's worst financial crisis. When Franklin D. Roosevelt was sworn in as President in March 1933, the economy was paralyzed, unemployment was rampant and the nation's banking system was on the verge of collapse. In the Senate, public hearings exposed a pattern of financial abuse by such distinguished banking institutions as J. P. Morgan, National City Bank and Chase National Bank that included insider trading, market manipulation, reckless speculation and special favors to influential friends.


Congress responded with a flurry of New Deal legislation, including the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which created the commission to keep watch over investment banks and the stock exchanges to ensure the efficiency and fairness of public markets.


As in the current climate, the agency was buffeted by a variety of powerful corporate interests. William O. Douglas, an early chairman, noted at the time of the passage of one major measure in the 1930's that it had become law only "after a bitter struggle on the Hill against as strong a lobby as ever moved into Washington, D.C."


But the commission grew in both size and stature and became a major force in Washington and Wall Street.


Now, Professor Bromberg said, "the commission has lost its leadership in a whole bunch of vital areas."


"It's partly because of Harvey Pitt, who came in promising to be friendlier to the accountants," he said. "It's partly because of this administration, which has been friendlier to big business. And it's partly because the agency has been starved for money and resources."


The weaknesses of the commission, he said, have encouraged state prosecutors around the nation to pursue their own investigations of Wall Street and public companies, a shift in the balance of power that some experts criticize for leading to inconsistent results and balkanized rules.


Both President Bush and Mr. Pitt have cited the agency's record number of enforcement cases over the last year as evidence of its continued vitality. They say the agency has performed remarkably well amid the wave of corporate failures and market turbulence, particularly in putting into effect scores of regulations required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The new rules require companies to make faster and more detailed disclosures of financial information, impose more obligations on executives and lawyers and set higher standards for corporate boards.


Experts say that the 24 percent increase in enforcement actions over last year, while significant, is hardly surprising given the extent of corporate abuses that have come to light, the record number of earnings restatements by companies and the precipitous decline in the markets.


Officials and experts who closely follow the S.E.C. say that the enforcement staff lacks the resources to open important investigations and that the trial unit, which has about 75 professionals nationwide, is hard pressed to bring a significant number of cases to court. Corporate corruption cases involving accounting improprieties are particularly labor intensive. More than 20 lawyers and accountants, for instance, are working on the Enron case alone. A typical case involves just one or two professionals at the agency.


Making matters worse, many corporate defendants are becoming more reluctant to settle their cases because the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other new regulations substantially increased penalties for violations.


The agency's corporation finance division, which for years never examined in detail the filings of thousands of companies, including Enron, remains unable to analyze the majority of the 15,000 filings by corporations each year. The division now focuses on the nation's largest companies.


But in some cases, according to officials, reviewers have just one day to examine as many as six corporate annual reports to see if they are problematic. The secretarial staff is so small that many senior analysts spend huge amounts of time simply photocopying documents. Officials also labor under an antiquated computer system that makes it difficult to perform the most rudimentary kinds of analysis of financial information.


"The headline here inside the agency is a lot of noise and little action," said Michael Clampitt, a lawyer and accountant who has worked in the S.E.C.'s corporation finance division for the last 12 years. "People are basically hoping that everything blows over and nothing bad happens. It has been a travesty."


The division of market regulation, meanwhile, is years behind schedule in getting approval from the commission on a set of rules of enormous importance to how prices are set on the stock exchanges. For the last three years, the division has been working on a proposal by the Nasdaq to transform it to a stock exchange from a market, but in the regulatory triage of the last year, the issue has been shunted aside.


The new accounting oversight board, which is supposed to set auditor standards and conduct regular investigations of accounting firms, has faced difficulties recruiting senior staff members. With the resignation of William H. Webster, it has no permanent chairman.


The accounting board faces enormous political pressure from lobbyists and their allies in Congress to delegate the board's new standard-setting authority to the profession itself, which had set the rules until the Sarbanes-Oxley legislation took it away.


At the top of the S.E.C. are five commissioners — nominated by the president and confirmed by the Senate — who are given staggered five year terms. No more than three can be from the same political party. President Bush has appointed all of the current commissioners.


Earlier this year, Congress gave the commission a modest $30 million budget increase, to about $468 million, so that the agency could begin to hire an additional 100 professionals and enlarge its staff of about 3,100. In recent years, it has taken in fees of more than $2 billion a year, but Congress has rejected attempts to let the S.E.C. support itself directly because lawmakers are reluctant to give up their influence over the agency's agenda through its budget.

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

The Official "Welch" bio:

http://www.jbs.org/about/abtwelch.htm

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

The "official" biography of John Birch:

http://www.jbs.org/about/abtjbrch.htm

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

You can do the same at Yahoo:

http://search.yahoo.com/bin/search?p=John+Birch+Society

They even have a discussion group and web site:

http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JBirch/

http://www.jbs.org/

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

Sometimes an organization gains a reputation for being "secret" just because no one really knows anything about it at the time.

Journalists who can't find out about any particular group are quick to jump at the conclusion of secrecy in their original writings, thereafter giving the group the label thereafter.

The concept word "cult" is also used as often as "secret society" by journalists to grab attention to their writings.

Mystery is the greatest attraction to curiosity seekers when looking for something new to learn and study.

To gain a greater understanding of how propaganda really works, go rent the video "Grass", a film directed and produced by Ron Mann and narrated by Woody Harelson.

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

From ......... COVERT ACTION INFORMATION BULLETIN

Issue title: SPECIAL: NAZIS, THE VATICAN, AND CIA

WINTER 1986 Number 25

Pages 27-38

[1 of 4 ....... 27-29]

KNIGHTS OF DARKNESS

THE SOVEREIGN MILITARY ORDER OF MALTA

INTRODUCTION

The Sovereign Military and Hospitaler Order of St. John of Jerusalem of Rhodes and of Malta, known also as the Sovereign Military Order of Malta, or SMOM, is juridically, politically, and historically unique in the world today.

Representing initially the most powerful and reactionary segments of the European aristocracy, for nearly a thousand years beginning with the early crusades of the Twelfth Century, it has organized, funded, and led military operations against states and ideas deemed threatening to its power. It is probably safe to say that the several thousand Knights of SMOM, principally in Europe, North, Central, and South America, comprise the largest most consistently powerful and reactionary membership of any organization in the world today.

Although an exclusively [Roman] Catholic organization, in this century it has collaborated with, and given high awards to non-Catholic extremists in its current crusade against progressive forces in the West, the national liberation movements, and the socialist countries.

To be a Knight, one must not only be from wealthy, aristocratic lineage, one must also have a psychological worldview which is attracted to the "crusader mentality'' of these "warrior monks." Participating in SMOM Ñ including its initiation ceremonies and feudal ritual dress Ñ members embrace a certain caste/class mentality; they are sociologically and psychologically predisposed to function as the ''shock troops" of Catholic reaction. And this is precisely the historical role the Knights have played in the wars against Islam, against the Protestant "heresy,'' and against the Soviet ''Evil Empire."

The Catholic Right and the Knights of Malta, in particular Baron Franz von Papen (see sidebar), played a critical role in Hitler's assumption of power and the launching of the Third Reich's Twentieth Century Crusade.

SMOM's influence in Germany survived World War II intact. On November 17, 1948 SMOM awarded one of its highest honors, the Grand Cross of Merit, to Reinhard Gehlen, the Nazi chief of intelligence on the Soviet front. He was subsequently installed by the Americans as the first chief of West Germany's equivalent of the CIA, the Bundesnachtrichtdienst (BND: federal secret service), under West German Chancellor Adenauer, a devout Catholic who had received the Magistral Grand Cross personally from SMOM Grand Master Prince Chigi.

After the appointment of Knight of Malta William Casey as head of the Central Intelligence Agency, and another Knight, James Buckley, as head ot U.S. propaganda against Eastern Europe at Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, several historians noted with interest President Reagan's call during the summer of 1982 for a "crusade" against the "Evil Empire" in Eastern Europe.

[ including Balkans ...... JP ]

In addition to Casey, and James Buckley, its current members, or Knights, after the feudal fashion, include Lee Iacocca, John McCone, William Buckley, Alexander Haig, Alexandre de Marenches (the chief of French Intelligence under Giscard d'Estaing, himself a Knight of SMOM), Otto von Hapsburg, and various leaders of the fascist P-2 Masonic lodge in Italy. While its organizational funding is relatively modest, its leverage is maximized by the presence of its Knights in key positions in other private and governmental structures throughout the world.

FRANZ von PAPEN

A leading figure in Hitler's coming to power was SMOM Franz von Papen, known as "the devil in a top hat." A devout Catholic aristocrat from an old family of Westphalian nobility, a former military attache and spy against the United States in 1915, von Papen became Chancellor in May 1932, with the support of the Nazis. In June he ordered the dissolution of the Reichstag, calling for new elections in July, in which the Nazis emerged as the largest party in the new Reichstag. After a meeting with Hitler, von Papen persuaded President von Hindenberg to offer Hitler the Chancellorship, which he assumed on January 30, 1933. Von Papen became his Vice-Chancellor.

In April 1933 von Papen was elevated to Knight Magistral Grand Cross of SMOM. After the murder of Austrian Chancellor Dollfuss in Vienna in July 1934, von Papen became Hitler's Ambassador to Austria, and, in March 1938 stood by the Fuhrer's side at his triumphal entry into Vienna. From 1939 until August 1944 he was the Nazi Ambassador to Turkey, and at the Nuremberg trials he was charged with conspiracy to wage aggressive war. He was one of several Nazi leaders acquitted, and subsequently received a generous pension from the first postwar Chancellor, Konrad Adenauer.

Page 28

The President of the American Eastern Association of SMOM is J. Peter Grace, President of W.R. Grace Company, who was a key figure in Operation Paperclip, which brought Nazi scientists to the U.S. 1

SMOM's Sovereign Diplomacy

As its name suggests, SMOM is both a ''sovereign'' and, historically, a "military" organization. Its headquarters, occupying a square block in Rome at 68 Via Condotti, enjoys the extra-territorial legal status granted to an embassy of a sovereign state. The Italian police are not welcome on its territory, it issues its own stamps, and has formal diplomatic relations and exchanges ambassadors with a number of countries.

On November 13, 1951 Italian President Alcide de Gasperi recognized the diplomatic sovereignty of SMOM, although he held off formal exchange of diplomatic envoys.2 On January 11, 1983 the New York Daily News announced that,

"The Vatican and the order of the Knights of Malta, believed to be the smallest sovereign state in the world, have agreed to establish full diplomatic relations, a joint statement said today. "

President Reagan's Ambassador to the Vatican, William Wilson, is, coincidentally, a Knight of Malta.3

On September 5, 1984 French Foreign Minister Claude Cheysson signed a formal protocol with SMOM for various cooperative projects includlng "aid to victims of conflicts."4 (See below on Americares.)

Historical Antecedents

Already in existence at the time of the first Crusade in 1099, in 1113 the Order of St. John was given its independence by Pope Pascal II, permitted to elect its own Grand Master, and soon the Order began military participation in the Crusades along with with the Knights Templar and Teutonic Knights. The Order of St. John recruited successfully among the Eurupean aristocracy and soon controlled extensive estates throughout the continent, assimilating those previously belonging to the Knights Templar which it had helped crush during the first two decades of the 14th Century, with the Templar leadership burned alive as heretics.

J. Peter Grace and Project Paperclip

On January 16, 1980 ABC-TV broadcast a special "News Closeup," "Escape from Justice: Nazi War Criminals in America" which discussed Grace's Role in Project Paperclip.

The transcript of the program, available from ABC on request, states,

"Project Paperclip ....... from the end of WW II to the mid-1950's brought more than 900 German scientists to the United States. ..... Otto Ambros ..... was a chemist and a Director of the notorious I.G. Farben Company which supplied gasoline and rubber for Hitler's war effort. Ambros ...... played a supervisory role in the construction of Farben's plant in the Polish village of Auschwitz. For I.G. Farben, Auschwitz concentration inmates provided a plentiful source of cheap labor. ..... The Nuremberg prosecution charged that each day at Farhen's plant one hundred people died from sheer exhaustion. ...... Otto Ambros was convicted of slavery and mass murder and sentenced to eight years in prison. But even while on trial at Nuremberg, Ambros was a target for U.S. recruiters from 'Project Paperclip.' His prison sentence was commuted after only three years by American officials and he was helped in a bid to enter the United States by ...... J. Peter Grace, President of W. R. Grace, a major American chemical company. .....

An internal State Department document describes how J. Peter Grace helped Otto Ambros in his efforts to enter the U.S. In a memorandum to the U.S. Ambassador to Germany, Grace acknowledges that Ambros was a war criminal. But he adds that in the years he's known Ambros, ...... 'we have developed a very deep admiration, not only for his ability, but more important, for his character in terms of truthfulness and integrity.'

Today Otto Ambros does consulting work tor W. R. Grace and Company and lives here in Mannheim, Germany. In a recent telephone interview Ambros [said] 'I'm happy to still be working as a chemist ...... but it's funny. Now I'm helping the Americans.' "

In June 1981, largely in response to the efforts of well known war crimes researcher Charles Allen, Yeshiva University cancelled a $150-a-plate dinner it had organized to honor Grace. (See also, Joe Conason and Martin A. Rosenblatt, "The Corporate State of Grace," 'Village Voice', April 12, 1983.)

When the scandal broke in West Germany over the Flick company paying huge sums of money to various politicians and parties, it was learned that additionally Flick had taken improper tax waivers and used the money to pump millions of dollars into W. R. Grace Co., becoming a major shareholder. Friedrich Karl Flick himself sits on the Grace Board. As the Moscow New Times reminded its readers (No. 8, 1983, citing Der Spiegel), Friedrich Karl's father, Flick Sr., had poured money into the coffers of the Nazi party in January 1933, and, ''after Goering had promised the Ruhr magnates that "the March 5 elections will be the last elections in this decade and perhaps in this century,'' he contributed another 200,000 marks; this sum was handed to SS Reichfuhrer Himmler. Flick Sr. was subsequently sentenced at Nuremberg to seven years for using slave labor, spoliation and being an accessory to the crimes of the SS. To ensure a good beginning for his son, the war criminal sent him after the war for early training with W. R. Grace.

Page 29

In 1187 the Order was driven militarily from Jerusalem by Saladin. The Knights were forced to flee successively to Acre, Cyprus (1291), and finally Rhodes (1310) where they subdued the local population and establishcd a military dictatorship enjoying territorial sovereignty for the first time. In 1522 they were defeated by Sultan Suleiman's forces of 200,000 troops and 250 ships after a six-month siege. By 1530 under Grand Master Villiers de l'lsle-Adam, the Knights established their headquarters on the island of Malta which had been given to them by Charles V.

Martin Luther was born in 1483, the same year that Torquemada unleashed the fury of the Inquisition, and while the Knights waged war against foreign heresies, they were soon confronted by the liberalizing Reformation challenge to Catholic Orthodoxy.

In England Henry Vlll's assertion of an independent national policy was complicated by his marriage to Katherine who was the aunt of Emperor Charles V, patron of the Knights of Malta who in England were a militant bastion of Papal loyalty. By 1534 Pope Clement VII had excommunicated the King and two years later Pope Paul III published a Bull deposing the King and charging the Emperor with its execution. According to King and Luke's authoritative history 5 of the Order in England

The staunchest supporters of Papal supremacy were naturally to be found among the religious Orders, and ....... the Knights were the loyal servants of the Pope, whose claims to universal dominion [the King] had repudiated, ....... it was thus a sheer impossibility for the King to permit the existence in England of an Order so powerful and so highly organized unless it was prepared to renounce its loyalty to his most determined enemy. Inevitably the Knights would become a center of disaffection and a rallying point for all the forces of reaction. ......

In July 1539, after two of the Knights had already chosen the martyr's crown, the King wrote letters to the Grand Master which practically constituted an ultimatum, demanding that the Papal supremacy should cease to be recognized by the Order in England. ..... But it was impossible to accept the King's conditions. In April 1540 ..... Parliament passed an Act dissolving the Order in England and conferring its estates upon the Crown. ...... 6

Meanwhile on the continent and in the Mediterranean the wars against the infidels of the East continued. Since the military defense of Christendom required naval support, the Order created a powerful fleet and patrolled the seas of the Eastern Mediterranean fighting many naval actions.

Military operations ranged as far as Egypt and Syria, and by 1565 under Grand Master Valette, they resisted the Turkish siege of Malta. In 1571 SMOM's fleet participated in the defeat of the Turks at the naval battle of Lepanto, and remained a major military presence in the Mediterranean until 1789 when Napoleon defeated the Knights and occupied the island. The Order finally sought temporary protection under the Russian Emperor Paul I in 1797; in 1834 Pope Leo XIII established its headquarters in Rome.

- END QUOTE -


COVERT ACTION INFORMATION BULLETIN

P.O.BOX 50272 WASHINGTON, DC 20004

http://mediafilter.org/MFF/

http://www.mosquitonet.com/~prewett/caqsmom25.1.html


Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

THE JOHN BIRCH SOCIETY


With the onset of the McCarthy era 50 years ago, any perceived threat to U.S. sovereignty from the British Round Table and its American branch shifted to an obsession with the Soviet Union. Roy Cohn, who was legal counsel to Sen. Joseph McCarthy during the anti-Communist Senate investigations of the 1950s, would later become a member of the John Birch Society and a principle figure in the JBS intelligence gathering operation, the Western Goals Foundation. Out of the latter emerged the core group which, in 1981, formed the present Council for National Policy -- a consortium of high level political, corporate and evangelical leaders which is the primary coordinating body and funding conduit for Christian Right projects.

Sara Diamond's book, Roads to Dominion: Right-Wing Movements and Political Power in the United States, notes:"Before and after the formation of the John Birch Society, corporations played a major role in rallying the public to the anticommunist cause." 1. In 1947, the Taft-Hartley Act granted corporations the right to distribute literature to counter labor union organizing -- a movement they blamed on the communists. To reduce the cost of producing and distributing anti-Communist materials, corporations turned to non-profit organizations such as the JBS.

By 1963, corporations were spending an estimated $25 million per year on anticommunist literature... Some corporations circulated print and audio-visual materials produced by the John Birch Society; other corporations produced their own in-house literature...By the early 1960s, the Nation magazine reported that there was a minimum of 6,600 corporate-financed anticommunist broadcasts, carried by more than 1,300 radio and television stations at a total annual budget of about $20 million...Leading sponsors included Texas oil billionaire H.L. Hunt and Howard J. Pew of Sun Oil. The corporate sector's massive anticommunist propaganda campaigns created a favorable climate for the mobilization of activist groups like the John Birch Society. 2.
On the other hand, or rather the other side of the dialectic, super-capitalists such as John D. Rockefeller would come to understand the potential of using labor unions to corporate advantage -- as a means of controlling the opposition.
The Rockefeller interests have not overlooked and have made good use of the monopoly of labor that is afforded to unions, to effect monopolies of industry that would be recognized as illegal if they had been effected by a monopoly of machinery. Labor unions have proved to be a powerful weapon for the Rockefeller Empire in extending its world conquest; and subsidized unioneers are always in the forefront of the emissaries that they send out into newly conquered territories. With Marxism as a shibboleth, they are rapidly accomplishing a world-wide subjugation of the "peasantry". This has earned for wily John D. Jr. a reputation for "liberalism". It is more appropriately called "Rockefellerism". 3.
In the long march toward a new social order, ultra-right and left-wing agitation propaganda serve not only to polarize and destabilize society, they create a diversionary conflict to prevent recognition of the true conspiracy. Lest an informed and united citizenry form an alliance against them, principles of conflict management are employed by the power elites:
The plan, I think, is the old one of world dominion in a new form. The money-power and revolutionary power have been set up and given sham but symbolic shapes ("Capitalism" or "Communism") and sharply defined citadels ("America" or "Russia"). Such is the spectacle publicly staged for the masses. But what if similar men, with a common aim, secretly rule in both camps and propose to achieve their ambition through the clash between those masses? I believe any diligent student of our times will discover that this is the case. -- Douglas Reed 4.
In his essay on the unseen hand behind This Age of Conflict, Ivor Benson reveals the natural partnership that exists between ostensibly opposing forces -- for example, the fascist Rhodes-Milner Round Table and Fabian socialists -- to secure a common objective, namely, the subjugation of mankind:
Significantly Julius Wernher, of the Wernher-Beit conglomerate that supported Milner's effort to precipitate the Anglo-Boer War, contributed substantially to the funding of the London School of Economics and socialist movements everywhere, all vehemently "anti-capitalists", continued to receive massive support from the most powerful "capitalists."
It was because of the absence of any fundamental antagonism between the philosophies of John Ruskin and of Karl Marx that it was possible for the "Brave new World" ambition, so actively promoted by Rhodes and his heirs, to be absorbed into the socialist world-power vortex with hardly a sign that anything untoward had happened. In fact, the international socialists, instruments of the most highly concentrated financial power, were able to take over the Rhodes-Milner establishment, complete with its worldwide network of organizations the Rhodes Scholarship Trust, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilaterals, etc -- and continue to run it as if still under its original management; indeed, it simply gave the socialists a new Dimension for the exercise of their incomparable skill in the arts of deception. 5.
Carroll Quigley and colleagues of like sympathy with the Rhodes agenda have widely propagated the belief that the American branch of the Round Table organization is exclusively the liberal Eastern Establishment. However, The Belmont Brotherhood revealed that the Anglo-American Establishment, which represents the interests of the aforesaid corporations, also launched the ultra-conservative movement in the United States, the John Birch Society being a pioneer of the extreme right of this dialectical process.
Produced in 1977 by a group of former high-ranking JBS members, "The Belmont Brotherhood" refers to the National Council at Belmont, Massachusetts where JBS national headquarters were originally located. Various sources cited therein document that the early members of the John Birch Society were also members of the liberal Establishment they pretended to oppose, and represented in great measure the corporate interests of America, which are advanced by the oaths of loyalty to one another in a secret brotherhood -- organized Freemasonry. This 12-page report concluded with the perceptive observation that the John Birch Society represents the most diabolical form of the Illuminati conspiracy:

"You may object: 'Look at all the great things [Founder, Robert] Welch has done - he has exposed the Illuminati.' Baloney. The Illuminati was merely a branch of the Conspiracy. How can one attack the Illuminati without attacking the diabolical power behind it: organized Freemasonry? Welch has provided the most valuable service of all time to the Conspiracy. He founded an organization to neutralize millions of Americans from discovering what the true power behind the Illuminati really was. And we concede the Mason's chose an extremely clever man to do the job. Welch, with the help of the Belmont Brotherhood, plays his role very effectively." 6.
The Introduction to a 1967 reprint of John Robison's Proofs of a Conspiracy (a 1789 expose of the Illuminati), published by the Birch-owned Western Islands publisher, disallowed that there could be present connections between the Illuminati and Freemasonry. According to the JBS, the Illuminati are the forefathers of Communism, but not of Freemasonry, which is held in the highest regard as a patriotic organization by the John Birch Society.
"Robison, a former Mason himself, found that 'this impunity [from authority by maintaining the Masonic rule of secrecy] had gradually encouraged men of licentious principles to become more bold, and to teach doctrines subversive of all our notions of morality.' Let us be quick to say that Freemasonry in England, America and elsewhere has historically, and today is, quite another kind and its members characterized by high standards of morality and spirituality...
"The true purpose of the [Illuminati] Order was to rule the world. To achieve this it was necessary for the Order to destroy all religions, overthrow all governments, and abolish private property...This is exactly what the Communists have been doing since 1848! Please note that Robison makes it clear that the Illuminati Order was quite distinct and separate from Freemasonry...[the] conspiracy [was] conceived not by Masons as Masons, but by evil men using Freemasonry as a vehicle for their own purposes...In the realm of ideology, certainly the line from the Illuminati Order to the Communist Manifesto is straight and unbroken...
"Let it be stressed that the present publication of Robison's work is not intended to open old wounds or create new animosity or distrust toward Freemasonry, whose adherents today certainly number among our staunchest patriots and anti-Communists... The conspirators have long since discarded Freemasonry as their vehicle. If clever conspirators could use - of all groups - so fine a group as the Masons, we must open our minds to consider what infinite possibilities are available to them in our own present day society. Their main habitat these days seems to be the great subsidized universities, tax-free foundations, mass media communications, governmental bureaus such as the State Department, and a myriad of private organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations..." 7.
Contrary to the JBS position on Freemasonry are the facts of history. Organized Freemasonry has proven itself over centuries to be a secret society which foments revolution wherever it establishes a base of operation. That Masonry binds its initiates to a code of conduct antithetical to patriotism is the subject of a lengthy and well-documented series offered by the Ministry of Biblical Defense and titled America's Subversion: The Enemy Within. Facts substantiated by the writings of Masonic scholars and determined by U.S. state legislature investigations provide abundant proof that, within the United States, there is a fifth column dedicated to the overthrow of its constitutional government. The Constitution of Freemasonry, written in 1721 by Dr. John Anderson of Aberdeen, Scotland, laid the groundwork for universal treason, rather than loyalty to country:
James Anderson's son, Dr. James Anderson, in 1721 went about rewriting Freemasonry's Constitutions for the Grand Lodge of England. However, the precedence for obstruction and perversion of justice would later be documented in Freemasonry's expansion to American soil, both in a structure of oaths and in practice. American soil would also witness the murder of Capt. Morgan who revealed Masonic secrets to the public and who was murdered pursuant to Masonic oaths of retribution. Such oaths include in the Royal Arch degree the concealment of crimes by fellow Masons, murder and treason not excepted. Dr. James Anderson's improvements to written constitutions of the time in England have evidently not so much altered the underlying substance of Freemasonry as it has in serving the interests of providing a strategic or tactical move at the time.
"Dr. James Anderson was born in Aberdeen in about 1680. After becoming a minister in the Church of Scotland, he made his way to London. In 1721 he started rewriting Freemasonry's Constitutions 'in a new and better method'. He claimed he was asked to do this by the new Grand Lodge of England (founded in 1717 when four lodges came together under one authority), but he may have suggested it himself..." (p. 36 Inside the Brotherhood, Martin Short, 1989)

Masonry's Aberdeen spirit had entrenched itself on American soil. Oaths of secrecy, oaths swearing penalties of death for breaches of secrecy, oaths swearing to obstruct and pervert justice, oaths swearing to cover-up crimes of fellow Masons, crimes not excepting murder and treason, had defined an esoteric, inner value system, veiled by exoteric principles of charity and brotherhood. The "blue code of silence" which has even in modern times eaten away at America's law enforcement community, countenancing drug dealing and even murder by sworn officers of the law, in principle has reflected Masonic code subverting justice, not excepting murder, not excepting even treason. 8.
The Western Goals Foundation
John Birch Society founder, Robert Welch, was succeeded upon his death in 1983 by the former Congressman Larry McDonald. Lawrence Patton McDonald was a cousin of George S. Patton, Jr., the famous general who was killed in an automobile accident at the conclusion of World War II. 9. According to Conspiracies of World War II by J.S. Craig, "The common rumor in Germany at the time was that Patton was assassinated due to his wish to join forces with Germany and attack Russia. Patton had openly admitted that the Allies had defeated 'the wrong enemy' and repeatedly praised German industry and the discipline of its people." 10. E. H. Cookridge also recorded Gen. Patton's pro-Nazi attitude and subsequent demise in Gehlen: Spy of the Century -- an expose of the CIA's recruitment of high-level Nazi espionage agents:

...General Patton was dreaming of rearming a couple of Waffen SS divisions to incorporate them into his US Third Army "and lead them against the Reds". Patton had put this plan quite seriously to General Joseph T. McNarney, deputy US military governor in Germany, who had relayed Marshall Zhukov's complaint that the Third Army was too slow in disbanding and confining German units in its Bavarian sector. "What do you think those ****** bolshies think?" said Patton. "We're going to have to fight them sooner or later. Why not now while our army is intact and we can kick the Red Army back into Russia? We can do it with my Germans..."
McNarney, petrified, reported this to his political advisor, Robert Murphy, who promptly asked Patton to come and see him. Patton was not in the least subdued. "He inquired with a gleam in his eye", Murphy later wrote, "whether there was any chance of going on to Moscow, which he said he could reach in thirty days, instead of waiting for the Russians to attack the United States." The outcome of this and other indiscretions was that Eisenhower relieved Patton of his command on October 2, 1945. Two months later he was fatally injured in a car crash. 11.
Reinhard Gehlen was one of Adolf Hitler's chief intelligence officers, solely in charge of espionage against the Soviet Union. In 1945, Gehlen offered the United States his considerable experience, expertise and archives on Russia and satellite countries in return for immunity from prosecution as a war criminal. The newly established Central Intelligence Agency formed the "Gehlen Organisation" which was Gehlen's former network for anti-Soviet espionage. Located in West Germany and funded by the CIA, the Gehlen Organisation became the most powerful espionage establishment in Western Europe.
In 1979, Gen. Patton's cousin, Congressman Lawrence McDonald, founded the Western Goals Foundation as a front for the JBS intelligence network. McDonald directed the organization until his untimely death in the downing of the Korean airliner, KAL 007 in 1983, the year he succeeded Robert Welch as JBS Chairman. Western Goals was discontinued in 1986 following a power struggle for McDonald's position. According to the Interhemispheric Resource Center GroupWatch, files of which are available on the Public Information Research database, Western Goals had worked with Reinhard Gehlen:

McDonald formed a foundation branch in West Germany in 1981. The organization, called the American-European Strategy Research Institute, was set up with a $131,982 injection from the U.S. office. That figure represented more than a third of Western Goals' operating budget at the time...
The German affiliate is Western Goals Europe E.V.(5) This German branch is also known as the American-European Strategy Institute. It acknowledges working with Reinhard Gehlen, a former Nazi who has been honored by the elite lay Catholic organization, the Knights of Malta (SMOM).(8) SMOM gave its highest award of honor, the Gran Croci Al Merito Conplacca, to Gehlen in l948. Gehlen, who was not a Catholic, was awarded the honor because of his efforts in the "crusade against godless Communism." Gehlen headed Adolf Hitler's spy operations against the Soviet Union during World War II. After the war, he and his spy apparatus--staffed mostly by former Nazis--were recruited by the CIA. He became the first director of the BND, West Germany's intelligence agency. 12.
Western Goals drew on both private and official government files to become one of the largest and most influential private intelligence operations in the U.S. According to GroupWatch, Western Goals was able to bypass legal restraints placed on government intelligence agencies:
...groups like Western Goals allow "the ultra-right [to keep] tabs on its 'subversive' domestic opposition..."(10) In Western Goals' case, this service was apparently not performed only for like-minded private groups. Elton Manzione quotes an East Coast police intelligence source as saying that Western Goals had a reputation of acting as a "clearinghouse" for some police departments whose intelligence- collecting functions were restricted by laws such as the Freedom of Information Act. Manzione noted that both the CIA and National Security Agency have received information from John Rees' Information Digest (see below). (8)...According to a 1976 investigation by the New York Assembly's Office of Legislative Oversight, Information Digest was supplying information to the FBI, CIA, and the National Security Agency. 13.
The internal spying nature of the John Birch Society became known when its espionage against private citizens in connection with the LA Police Department was discovered:
The final straw for the police commission occurred two months earlier, when it was discovered that files previously ordered destroyed had been squirreled away by an intelligence officer, Jay Paul, with the approval of his superiors. Investigators with search warrants seized ninety cartons of files from his mobile home and other locations. Paul was in the process of feeding this data into the computers of Western Goals, a private organization headed by Congressman Larry McDonald, and was also involved with Research West, an operation founded by ex-FBI agents which sold information to corporations. Typical of the files in these cartons was a four-decade dossier on a state supreme court judge, compiled to assess his possible bias against police intelligence practices. 14.
Birch Society member, John Rees, whose Information Digest supplied information to the FBI, CIA, and the National Security Agency, was one of the earliest members of the Western Goals Foundation and its principal espionage agent. Instrumental in obtaining Rees' entrance to Western Goals was J. Peter Grace, who was also chairman of the Order of the Knights of Malta in the United States and president of W.R. Grace and Co. from 1945 until three years before his death in 1995. Profiles of J. Peter Grace in Who's Who in America list as his credits: Bachelor of Arts from Yale University in 1936, Assistant Secretary at W. R. Grace (1936), President and CEO (1945), Newcomen Society, Council on Foreign Relations, Knights of Malta (American Chapter of the Board of Founders), Knights of Malta President, address: 1114 Avenue of the Americas. 15.
Operation Paperclip

Considering that the Newcomen Society and CFR to which J. Peter Grace belonged were branches of Cecil Rhodes's eugenics club, The Round Table, it is not out of character that Grace would be involved in Project Paperclip -- a post World War II CIA arrangement to remove classified information from dossiers so that former SS members and 900+ Nazi scientists could emigrate to the U. S. Hundreds of war criminals would find employment within government agencies and companies such as W.R. Grace chemical company whose president was J. Peter Grace. The Covert Action Information Bulletin documents the close relationship between Reinhard Gehlen, the CIA, Knights of Malta and the Vatican, which had smuggled Nazi war criminals out of Europe through the infamous "rat lines":

On November 17, 1948 SMOM awarded one of its highest honors, the Grand Cross of Merit, to Reinhard Gehlen, the Nazi chief of intelligence on the Soviet front. He was subsequently installed by the Americans as the first chief of West Germany's equivalent of the CIA, the Bundesnachtrichtdienst (BND: federal secret service), under West German Chancellor Adenauer, a devout Catholic who had received the Magistral Grand Cross personally from SMOM Grand Master Prince Chigi.
After the appointment of Knight of Malta William Casey as head of the Central Intelligence Agency, and another Knight, James Buckley, as head of U.S. propaganda against Eastern Europe at Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, several historians noted with interest President Reagan's call during the summer of 1982 for a "crusade" against the "Evil Empire" in Eastern Europe. [including Balkans.....JP] 16.
The CIA also funded Nazi/SMOM fronts, Radio Liberty and Radio Free Europe: "The present head of the Order in the United States is a prominent businessman, J. Peter Grace. Prior to 1971, Grace was associated with Radio Liberty and Radio Free Europe, both of which had been established by Reinhard Gehlen and funded by the CIA." 17. The Covert Action Information Bulletin describes the manner in which Radio Liberty, under the supervision of Grace and other prominent figures, functioned as a front for ex-Nazis:
In 1950, the American Committee for Liberation from Bolshevism was created. The trustees included J. Peter Grace, Charles Edison, William Henry Chamberlain, H.J. Heinz II, Isaac Don Levine, and Eugene Lyons. The Committee (now known as Radio Liberty), under the guiding hand of the CIA's Frank Wisner, funded numerous emigre "research institutes' which, according to John Loftus [see UNHOLY TRINITY], were "little more than front groups for ex-Nazi intelligence officers.' 18.
The Conquest of Latin America
"In addition to Casey, and James Buckley, its current members, or Knights [of Malta], after the feudal fashion, include Lee Iacocca, John McCone, William Buckley, Alexander Haig, Alexandre de Marenches (the chief of French Intelligence under Giscard d'Estaing, himself a Knight of SMOM), Otto von Hapsburg, and various leaders of the fascist P-2 Masonic lodge in Italy. While its organizational funding is relatively modest, its leverage is maximized by the presence of its Knights in key positions in other private and governmental structures throughout the world." 19.
William Russell Grace founded W. R. Grace & Co. in Peru in 1854. The long history of W.R. Grace & Co. chronicles its global expansion and penetration of Latin America, in which region the Knights of Malta would later rebuild the Nazi network to conduct fascist operations. 20.
[As of 1986] Grace, whose aides include another Knight of Malta, former United States Treasury Secretary William Simon, runs an organisation called Americares, of which he is chairman. A primary objective of Americares is to raise money for aid to Central America. The agency in charge of distributing this aid is the Order of Malta, working through its field organisation in El Salvadore, Guatemala and Honduras. 21.
AmeriCares, with the help of Friends of the Democratic Center in Central America (Prodemca), conducted an advertising campaign in the U.S. on behalf of La Prensa. The ads for La Prensa solicited funds from the public to pay for the shipment of newsprint to Nicaragua.(28) Prodemca was a neoconservative group that provided U.S. government grants to La Prensa and sponsored pro-contra aid ads in U.S. newspapers using funds from Oliver North's secret aid network.(28)
William Simon and Prescott Bush Jr. are also members of the Knights of Malta, and Simon was also on Prodemca's national council. Both Prodemca and the Knights of Malta were involved in efforts to support the contras and/or private sector opposition groups in Nicaragua. Simon, who was Treasury Secretary under Richard Nixon, was also the chairman of the Nicaraguan Freedom Fund (NFF), a fundraising organization set up in l985 by the Washington Times, a newspaper owned by the Unification Church. The NFF was established to raise funds for the contras.(12,17)... 22.
From 1982-95, J. Peter Grace (CFR) was Chairman of the Advisory Committee of AmeriCares, which included William E. Simon (CFR), Treasury Secretary under Richard Nixon. The Honorary Chair of AmeriCares is Zbigniew Brzezinski (BB/CFR/TC); Ambassador-At-Large is Barbara Bush and the Advisory Committee includes: Prescott S. Bush, Jr. [brother to former Pres. George Bush (CFR)], 33º Mason Gen. Colin L. Powell (ret.) (CFR) and Sol M. Linowitz (CFR/TC), chairman of Xerox Corp and officer of the World Future Society. Sol Linowitz was also a representative to the Organization of American States and co-founder in 1964 with David Rockefeller (CFR) of the International Executive Services Corp, an international business development organization for which Linowitz and Rockefeller received the Medal of Freedom Award in 1998. 23.
The Council on Foreign Relations was funded by the Rockefeller family and has functioned as its agency almost from its inception in 1919. The CFR and its British counterpart, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, were jointly founded by American and British Round Table members following the Paris Peace Conference. According to The Round Table,"Attendees included British and American secret society members who worked for the British Secret Service or the first U.S. central intelligence agency the INQUIRY." The historic meeting was described in Rockefeller "Internationalist": The Man Who Misrules the World.

"Conversations between Gen Tasker H. Bliss, Col. E. M. House, Prof. Archibald Cary Coolidge, Whitney H. Shepardson, Dr. James T. Shotwell and others of the American delegation, and British officials such as Sir Robert Cecil, Lionel Curtis, Sir Valentine Chirol, Lord Eustace Percy and Harold Temperley, led to a dinner meeting at the Majestic Hotel, Paris, on May 30, 1919. It was formally agreed that an organization should be created for the study of international affairs. The first two resolutions set forth the proposed form and substance of the undertaking: 'RESOLVED: That those present undertake to form an Institute entitled The Institute of International Affairs. Founded in Paris in 1919 comprised at the outset of two branches, one in the United Kingdom and one in the U.S...'" 24.
CFR member J. Peter Grace's collusion with the Rockefeller exploitation of Latin America was documented in Thy Will Be Done: The Conquest of the Amazon: Nelson Rockefeller and Evangelism in the Age of Oil:
"David [Rockefeller] made plans to absorb Nelson's old Inter-American Council and the Latin American Information Committee into the Business Group for Latin America. What emerged was the Council for Latin America (now called the Council for the Americas), which united more than 200 corporations with more than 80 percent of U.S. investments in Latin America into a common business front. David set up the council in a Manhattan townhouse across the street from the mansion Junior had give the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)...
"David was not just a brother of one of the best known Americans in Latin America, and not just president of the Chase Bank. He also represented the Council for Latin America... Note 32... J. Peter Grace, chairman of W.R. Grace & Company and another leading figure in David's Council for Latin America." 25.

During the period of the Boland amendment's ban on U.S. government involvement in Latin America, a network of private right-wing groups worked to subvert leftist governments by supporting rebel organizations such as the Nicaraguan Contras. Among these was the Western Goals Foundation whose principals included, besides Larry McDonald, John Rees, Roy Cohn and Gen. George S. Patton III, other persons of note with associations to Nazis, subversive organizations, organized crime, the FBI and CIA:
Major General John Singlaub (ret.)

[Singlaub] became CIA deputy chief in South Korea during the Korean War and served for two years in Vietnam during the 1960s. At that time, he was commander of the Joint Unconventional Warfare Task Force, known as MACSOG. In that role, he was one of the commanders of Operation Phoenix, although he denies having had a part in that program's infamous assassination and counterterror aspects. In 1978, as chief of staff of the United Nations Command in South Korea, he publicly condemned the decision of President Jimmy Carter to reduce the number of U.S. troops in the country. He was then forced to retire. (8,9,10) 26.
Operation Phoenix was a terrorist and drug operation in Southwest Asia which would form the experiential basis for the later theatre of operation: Latin America.
Professional assassinations manager Felix I. Rodriguez met with Bush aide Donald P. Gregg, officially and secretly, at the White House. Gregg then recommended to National Security Council adviser Robert "Bud' McFarlane a plan for El Salvador-based military attacks on a target area of Central American nations including Nicaragua. Gregg's March 17, 1983 memo to [NSC adviser Robert] McFarlane said: "The attached plan, written in March of last year, grew out of two experiences: "--Anti-Vietcong operations run under my direction in III Corps Vietnam from 1970-1972. These operations [see below], based on...a small elite force...produced very favorable results."...
[CIA assassinations manager Felix I.] Rodriguez followed his CIA boss Ted Shackley to Southeast Asia in 1970. Shackley and Donald Gregg put Rodriguez into the huge assassination and dope business which Shackley and his colleagues ran during the Indochina war; this bunch became the heart of the "Enterprise' that went into action 15 to 20 years later in Iran- Contra. Shackley funded opium-growing Meo tribesmen in murder, and used the dope proceeds in turn to fund his hit squads. He formed the Military Assistance Group-Special Operations Group (MAG-SOG) political murder unit; Gen. John K. Singlaub was a commander of MAG-SOG; Oliver North and Richard Secord were officers of the unit. By 1971, the Shackley group had killed about 100,000 civilians in Southeast Asia as part of the CIA's Operation Phoenix. 27.
The World Anti-Communist League
In the late seventies, John Singlaub became head of the World Anti-Communist League, in which capacity he engaged the services of J. Peter Grace and AmeriCares to supply arms to the Contra rebels in Nicaragua:

At the same time, Americares seems to share certain interests with the World Anti-Communist League (WACL), now directed by ex-Major General John Singlaub, who in 1978 was required to resign for defying the President. When the White House failed to win Congressional support for funding the Contras in Nicaragua, Ronald Reagan enlisted the support of the World Anti-Communist League and others. American journalists have legitimately wondered how much of this money and material is in fact being provided by J. Peter Grace's Americares organisation and distributed through the Knights of Malta. 28.
The World Anti-Communist League (WACL) was founded in 1966 as the public relations arm for the governments of Taiwan and South Korea to continue Hitler's policy of forming a unified front against communism. According to Inside the League, "It has since become something far more important: an instrument for the practice of unconventional warfare -- assassinations, death squads, sabotage -- throughout the world." Not only did the WACL adopt the techniques used by Nazis, but the Eastern European Nazi network as well:
"When most people think of Nazis, two images are evoked: aging war criminals, the Josef Mengeles and Klaus Barbies living in frightened obscurity somewhere in South America, or else of disenchanted youths, who, in brown shirts and jackboots, vandalize synagogues and march through city streets. But there is a third type of Nazi, who is far more powerful, public, and dangerous than the other two: these are the Croatians, Slovaks, Ukrainians, Latvians who carried out the German-dictated massacres, who never faced a Nuremberg, and who joined the World Anti-Communist League.
"The participation of these Eastern Europeans in the Holocaust remains one of the least-told stories in modern history. The reason this is so is simple: many of them were recruited by American and British intelligence, brought into the United States and Canada, allowed to rise to prominent positions in their emigré communities, and ultimately to revise history... Through their front groups and their involvement in American politics, the Nazi collaborators have blended in and become respectable."
"If one wants to find Nazi collaborators, it is only necessary to examine the European chapters of the World Anti-Communist League. With the creations of the World Anti-Communist League, there came into existence a worldwide network of fascism..." 29.
The first American League Chapter of the WACL was the American Council for World Freedom (ACWF), founded in 1970 by Lee Edwards, former director of Young Americans for Freedom, the youth organization of the John Birch Society. Edwards attracted many members of the New Right, such as Reed Irvine and Richard Viguerie, also Unification Church president, Neil Salonen. When the ACWF resigned from the WACL in 1975, due to mistrust from the Latin American League, convicted Nazi collaborator and racialist Briton, Roger Pearson, served as the American League president for three years:
...Pearson has traveled in New Right circles for many years, formerly as an editorial associate for such mainstream organizations as the Heritage Foundation and the American Security Council... On the other [hand], he is a white supremacist who warns of the dangers of whites breeding with 'inferior' stock... and bragged to an associate about his alleged role in hiding Nazi doctor Josef Mengele, the infamous 'Angel of Death' of the Auschwitz extermination camp. He is also the man who, as world chairman of the World Anti-Communist League in 1978, was responsible for flooding the European League chapters with Nazi sympathizers and former officers of the Nazi SS... 30.
Pearson, a member of the British Eugenics Society, was educated at the London School of Economics, which was funded by fellow eugenicists Henry Ford and the Fabian Society for the purpose of training an elite caste to govern a new social order: "Obtaining his bachelor of science in anthropology from the University of London in 1951 and his master's in economics in 1954, Pearson showed an early interest in eugenics...He wrote several books on the subject, including Eugenics and Race and Race and Civilization." 30. Pearson was relocated to the United States in 1965 by Willis Carto, head of the anti-Semitic Liberty Lobby, and became editor of Carto's magazine, Western Destiny.
Roger Pearson's successor as head of the American WACL was John Singlaub, whose high level and government connections restored an appearance of respectability to the WACL. Serving on the advisory board were such notables as Howard Phillips of Conservative Caucus, Andy Messing of the National Defense Council and Fred Schlafly, husband of Phyllis Schlafly of Eagle Forum. The membership also included several high-ranking military officers such as Lt. Gen. Daniel O. Graham, former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency and former member of the advisory board of CAUSA USA, the political arm of Sun Myung Moon's Unification Church. With the help of Oliver North, John Singlaub would enable the Contra resistance in Nicaragua, assisting David Rockefeller and J. Peter Grace with the corporate takeover of Latin America:

In 1984, Singlaub headed a Pentagon panel called to make recommendations on conducting military activities in Central America. The panel's report urged the U.S. to emphasize nonconventional, counterinsurgency warfare strategies.(9,10) Under the Reagan administration, Singlaub received assistance and guidance from White House and National Security Council (NSC) officials for his "private" contra-supply activities. He identified former NSC aide Oliver North as his liaison to the White House. 32.
Lt. Col. Oliver North
A diagram found in Oliver North's safe showed [Western Goals executive director] Linda Guell's name written above the words "Western Goals." The note on the diagram said that Guell worked with CAUSA (a political arm of the Unification Church) and its head, Bo Hi Pak, and made trips to Germany and South Korea. The word "money" was written over Guell's name, with an arrow pointing to Rob Owen, North's courier to the contras. Arrows were also drawn from Owen's name to Guell's and from Andy Messing -- a private contra supporter and head of the National Defense Council Foundation -- to Western Goals. The diagram was drawn at the bottom of a letter from Fawn Hall to "Phil [Mabry] and Randy," dated April 18, 1985.(4,20) Guell is now working with John Singlaub at the Singlaub Freedom Foundation... 33.
Daniel Graham
Lt. Gen. Graham (see Govt Connections) is director of the defense lobby High Frontier.(9,14) He is also a member of the World Anti-Communist League--an organization which until recently was headed by John Singlaub. Graham is a former member of the advisory board of CAUSA USA, the political arm of the Rev. Sun Myung Moon's Unification Church...
Daniel Graham has written pamphlets for Western Goals. Graham is former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency... John Singlaub, Daniel Graham, and Mildred Jefferson, are members of the national policy board of the American Freedom Coalition, a political organization with extensive ties to the Unification Church... 34.
Sherman Unkefer
Larry McDonald, John Rees, and Sherman Unkefer were members of the John Birch Society... Sherman Unkefer served as an adviser to Chile's regime under Augusto Pinochet. Unkefer reportedly worked closely with Chile's secret police organization, DINA. 35.
Mildred Jefferson
John Singlaub, Daniel Graham, and Mildred Jefferson, are members of the national policy board of the American Freedom Coalition, a political organization with extensive ties to the Unification Church...
Dr. Mildred Faye Jefferson, physician; President, Right to Life Crusade, National Right to Life Foundation: Trustee, St. Louis University; Diplomate, American Board of Surgery; Father Flanagan Award, Boys Town, Nebraska; graduate Harvard Medical School; honorary degrees from 26 institutions. 36.

Financing Revolution
Funding for the U.S. branch of the World Anti-Communist League has come from beer baron Joseph Coors and Texas oil billionaires Nelson Bunker Hunt and William Herbert Hunt. In 1966, H.L. Hunt was approached for funding Vatican anti-Communist operations in Latin America, a project in conjunction with the Unification Church which he discussed in a later interview:

"'I was approached by Paolo Cardinal Marella, who said he spoke for the Pope and asked if I would supply members of my [20,000 member] Youth Freedom Speakers' movement who spoke Spanish to be sent south [to Latin America] to engage in speechmaking and activities. I was told the Pope was thinking in terms of 11 million dollars a year support for the entire movement against communism in Spanish-speaking countries.' ........ The project was now centered in New York, at the Asian Speakers Bureau, with the Free Pacific Association, Inc., on Riverside Drive [another front for the Rev. Moon's Unification Church]." 37.
Funding for the Western Goals Foundation was provided by corporations and wealthy John Birch Society members, a primary benefactor being Nelson Bunker Hunt. Another major funder of Western Goals was industrialist, Roger Milliken, a member of JBS and of the Board of Directors of W.R. Grace Co. Deering-Milliken and Deering-Milliken Research Corporations also funded Western Goals. 38.
The Council for National Policy

Nelson Bunker Hunt's membership in the John Birch Society is mentioned in Ominous Politics, with reference to the Texas billionaire's contribution to the Moral Majority: "Hunt, whose Birch Society background is documented by Conway and Siegelman in Holy Terror, also made a contribution of $1 million to the Moral Majority in 1981, according to Perry Dean Young." 39.

In the same year, William Herbert and Nelson Bunker Hunt provided the start-up money for the Council for National Policy, "a highly secretive coalition which represents the entire spectrum of New Right corporate executives, TV preachers and former high ranking government and military leaders. The Council for National Policy is considered the primary coordinating body--and funding conduit--for Christian Right projects." 40.

Nelson Bunker Hunt, who was president of the CNP in 1982-83, is among several of the John Birch Society / Western Goals Foundation principals and associates who also served on the newly-formed CNP Board of Governors:

Singlaub, Graham, and Jefferson are/were members of the board of governors of the Council for National Policy (CNP), a secretive policy-oriented umbrella organization for the rightwing in the United States. Other Western Goals members who are/were on the Council's board of governors include: Sherman Unkefer, Hans Sennholz, and Robert Stoddard. The group's financial backer Nelson Bunker Hunt is on CNP's board too, as was Larry McDonald. Oliver North has also been a member of the CNP since its inception. 41.
[Note: Robert Stoddard is listed in "The Belmont Brotherhood," as Chairman of the Board of the Worcester Telegram and Gazette, whose editors belong to the local Committee of the CFR.]
Howard Phillips of the USCWF [WACL] board is chairman of the Conservative Caucus and on the board/executive committee of the Council for National Policy. 42.
Major F. Andy Messing, Jr., USAR (Ret.), former chair of the Conservative Caucus, is on the USWCF board, on the board of the Council for National Policy and was the head of the National Defense Council Foundation. 43.
[(Linda) Guell worked with CAUSA (a political arm of the Unification Church) and its head, Bo Hi Pak, and made trips to Germany and South Korea. The word "money" was written over Guell's name, with an arrow pointing to Rob Owen, North's courier to the contras. Arrows were also drawn from Owen's name to Guell's and from Andy Messing--a private contra supporter and head of the National Defense Council Foundation--to Western Goals.] 44.
J. Peter Grace (CFR) of W.R. Grace Co was on the [CNP] board of governors as of 1986.(7) 45. J. Peter Grace is chairman of W.R. Grace and Company which focuses its business activities in Latin America. He heads the U.S. chapter of the Knights of Malta, was a board member of Prodemca (Friends of the Democratic Center in Central America) and also a member of the CFR. 46.
William Simon (CFR) and Prescott Bush Jr. are also members of the Knights of Malta, and Simon was also on Prodemca's national council. Both Prodemca and the Knights of Malta were involved in efforts to support the contras and/or private sector opposition groups in Nicaragua. Simon, who was Treasury Secretary under Richard Nixon, was also the chairman of the Nicaraguan Freedom Fund (NFF), a fundraising organization set up in l985 by the Washington Times, a newspaper owned by the Unification Church...
[NOTE: Regarding his creation of the Washington Times, which received an award from the CNP in 1988, Rev. Sun Myung Moon stated in 1991: "No matter how proud Americans might be, making noise over all four corners of the world, that is bad. They will fall down... God has made it so that Americans have no choice but to bow down. A new America is about to take off, following Reverend Moon... From this time on, the next important point is the revival of the Christian church. Father [Moon] does not regard this as his own responsibility. This is America's responsibility. To support that Father created the Washington Times." 47.]
[William] Simon is or was connected with two other think tanks that were influential in policy formation in the early years of the Reagan administration, the Heritage Foundation and the American Enterprise Institute.(12,45) Simon is or was a member of the elitist rightwing policy formation group, the Council for National Policy. 48.
Frank Shakespeare was U.S. Information Agency director and director of Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty.(13) During the Reagan administration he served as ambassador to Portugal from 1985 to 1987, and then as ambassador to the Vatican.(13); chairman, The Heritage Foundation; has served in executive positions in the communications industry for more than 30 years; former president, CBS Television Services. 49.
Dr. Edward Teller (CFR) was a Hungarian-born American physicist who became the architect of the hydrogen bomb. During World War II he was a member of the MANHATTAN PROJECT for the development of the atomic bomb. 50. Teller was a member of the Citizens Legal Defense Fund for the FBI, Ad Hoc, an advisor to the Western Goals Foundation, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and member of the Board of Governors of the CNP. 51.
Another major benefactor of the Council for National Policy is 33º Mason Richard DeVos, president of the Amway Corporation, which also funded the Aspen Global Change Institute. DeVos serves as a judge for the Templeton Prize for Progress in Religion, on the Board of Directors of (33º Mason) Robert Schuller Ministries, and as Trustee of (33º Mason) Gerald R. Ford Foundation. Richard DeVos is also a member of the Newcomen Society and the Round Table. 52.
Nelson Bunker Hunt (financier and executive officer of the Religious Roundtable, Campus Crusade and JBS, and main funder/second president of the CNP) and Jesse Helms (whose top political operative, Tom Ellis, was director of the racial eugenics Pioneer Fund and second CNP president) were members of a racial eugenics society -- the International Association for the Advancement of Eugenics and Ethnology.:

"[Lady Malcolm Douglas-Hamilton's] deceased husband, part of the British aristocracy, was the brother of the host of Rudolph Hess when, in 1940, Hess made his secret flight to England. Hess, a top aide to Hitler and Nazi Party official, sought to meet with the British aristocratic circles known as the Cliveden Set. Sympathetic to Hitler's war aims, the Cliveden Set tried to get England out of the war it had declared against Germany in September, 1939, after Germany invaded Poland. Hess was arrested and imprisoned. After Lord Malcolm Douglas came to the U.S., he established an American branch of a racial eugenics group headquartered in Scotland. The oil billionaire Hunt brothers and Senator Jesse Helms are members of this group. It was headed by Robert Gayre, who published the racialist Mankind Quarterly until Roger Pearson took it over in 1978." 53.
"For an overview on 'race and intelligence,' Murray and Herrnstein recommend two books by three Pioneer Fund recipients: Audrey Shuey, Frank C. J. McGurk, and R. Travis Osborne. McGurk is the main authority they cite to 'prove' that IQ tests are not racially biased. He was one of the 'scientific' mainstays of the segregationist movement in the southern US. In 1959 McGurk and Shuey became leading members of the International Association for the Advancement of Ethnology and Eugenics, first publisher of Mankind Quarterly. Other members included Senator Jesse Helms and the oil billionaire Hunt brothers." 54.

Carroll Quigley's history of the Rhodes' Round Table, aka Cliveden Set (Cliveden being the home of Lord Astor), admitted to the society's appeasement policy dating back to the Treaty of Versailles:
Since 1920 it has been called by various names, depending on which phase of its activities was being examined. it has been called "The Times Crowd," "the Rhodes crowd," the "Chatham House crowd," the "All Soul's group," and the "Cliveden set... Those who are familiar with the activities of the 'Cliveden Set' in the 1930s have generally felt that the appeasement policy associated with that group was a manifestation of the period after 1934 only. This is quite mistaken. The Milner Group, which was the reality behind the phantom-like Cliveden Set, began their program of appeasement and revision of the [peace] settlement as early as 1919. 55.
The Belmont Brotherhood documents that the founding JBS National Council was entrenched in the Eastern Establishment it purported to despise. Nor is its progeny, the Council for National Policy, a conservative, anti-Communist organization, but rather a globalist organization, anti-American and unpatriotic in the extreme. Noting the curious crossover tendencies between right and left in the World Anti-Communist League, authors of Inside the Leagueoffer the following insightful analysis:
The first enemy for both political extremes is the center. Both ultra-leftists and ultra-rightists have the same primary objective: to polarize the country, to implement the breakdown of the governing system, and ultimately to create a situation of chaos where armed conflict will be between the right and the left, the center having been discredited by its failure to prevent it...
Little wonder that terrorist after terrorist, and terrorism expert after terrorism expert, have agreed that the purpose of both Red and Black terror is to destroy the open, democratic forms of liberal government, and to replace them with something elitist and totalitarian. Rightist terror seeks "the brutal intervention of repressive forces." Leftist terror seeks the same, believing that only complete repression will bring a self-satisfied, quiet bourgeoisie to a flash point, a revolutionary "critical mass."
If this is the objective of the World Anti-Communist League, then it goes a long way toward explaining the strange alliances it has formed. It is this very pursuit of international polarization and its ability to embrace openly about the League's true nature. Some have even suggested a secret sponsorship by the Soviet Union or other communist governments, employing it as the ultimate agent provocateur.
The idea may not be as absurd as it first sounds. The open antipathy--and, in some cases, hatred -- for the United States and Western democracy that can be found in the League are outlooks that could easily be manipulated by the Soviets, if they haven't already." 56.
We contend that Soviet communism was merely one phase of the global dialectic, fascism and communism being two expressions of the same conspiracy. Nicholas Murray Butler of the English-Speaking Union has informed us: "Communism is the tool by which Britain's international finance is knocking down national governments in the interest of world government, world police and world currency." 57. The true conspirators are identified in The New Unhappy Lords:
If the facts concerning the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations be accepted, it will be seen that the proper study of political mankind is the study of power elites, without which nothing that happens can be understood. These elites, preferring to work in private, are rarely found posed for photographers, and their influence upon events has therefore to be deduced from what is known of the agencies they employ. There are dozens of such agencies, and financial support received from one or other or all three big American foundations - Rockefeller, Carnegie and Ford - provides an infallible means of recognizing them. 58.
The real conspiracy is neither exclusively communist nor fascist, but elitist, inexorably moving society through progressive deconstruction and redefinition to a Third Way society, in which a partnership of government and business will subjugate and control an enslaved workforce to serve its own purposes. That the final world empire is a composite of these forms is a concept which finds basis in Bible prophecy, specifically the hybrid "beast" of Daniel 7:3-6 and Revelation 13:1,2:
And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a BEAST RISE UP OUT OF THE SEA, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. And the beast which I saw was like unto a LEOPARD, and his feet were as the feet of a BEAR, and his mouth as the mouth of a LION: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority. Rev. 13:1,2
Students of Scripture will have discovered these identical beasts in Daniel 7:
And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse from one another. The first was like a LION, and had EAGLE'S wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it. And behold another beast, a second, like to a BEAR, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh. After this I beheld, and lo another, like a LEOPARD, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it... Dan. 7:3-6
Daniel 7:17 disqualifies the interpretation that these beasts symbolize the existing Babylonian and future Medo-Persian, Greek and Roman empires described in Daniel chapter 2. These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth. Dan. 7:17
Since the beasts of Daniel 7 necessarily refer to four future (from Daniel's perspective) world empires, a plausible interpretation has been proposed with reference to the present century. Nazi Germany was known for its Panzer (Panther or Leopard) divisions in World War II, and the symbol of Communist Russia is the Bear which has "devoured much flesh." The Royal Arms of England displays the Rampant Lion, "made to stand upon the feet as a man" and the Unicorn, symbolizing the union of England and Scotland respectively. This is also the symbol of the British-Israel Movement. The Eagle whose wings were plucked in Daniel 7:4 is an obvious reference to the United States, which government from its inception was the vehicle through which the English Freemasons planned to establish the new world order.

The Masonic axiom "Ordo ab Chao" (order out of chaos) will find a measure of fulfillment in Daniel 7:7: After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and break in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it; and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.

The Christian Response

A.K. Chesterton said in Candour, "At times Capitalism and Communism would appear to be in conflict, but this writer is confident that their interests are in common and will eventually merge for one-world control. That policy outlined previously in Woodrow Wilson's Point Six has never been dropped...

"Capitalism and Communism, in terms of power, are merely their twin mechanisms to destroy the sovereignty of Christian nations. They will merge them into the projected super-state, where their financial power will exercise full sway and masterdom through that monopoly of atomic energy which is being sought with such feverish and fiendish persistence. They are selling us into slavery and using our material resources for their own nefarious world-wide purposes. To say that in exposing their plans for world domination we are playing the Kremlin's game is to act as an unconscious agent of Christendom's betrayal."
Using religion to control the masses is an essential fact of World Revolution, the dynamics of which are extensively treated in the online version of The Union Jack. Regardless of one's interpretation of Bible prophecy and ignoring the author's broad brush of Fundamental Christianity, the concepts articulated in Chapter 3 provide insight that is desperately needed if Christians would escape the dialectical trap that has been laid for them. No quarter may be given to the shock troops of agents provocateur that have been unleashed upon the Church, wearing the dual masks of patriotism and Christianity, and whose assignment is to incite Christians against their own government:
Though their facts in most cases may be 100 per cent true, their method of USE produces an effect contrary to that supposed by the user, and his constant harangues on "what's wrong in Washington" builds a revolutionary state of mind in the American people and creates false antagonisms and loss of confidence, the effect of which will destroy the American government instead of restoring constitutional guarantees. So the patriots gain respect for their vast knowledge of facts while they use them to mold "American opinion" against America. This is British Israel at work, and it multiplies its strength by turning Americans against America by turning the truth into a lie, and at the same time reserves to itself respectability under the cloak of Christian terminology and the American Flag. It conceals itself within the very thing that it seeks to destroy...
The effect of the activities of these Christian fronts is to create counteraction against the United States government, which in turn builds the revolution to a point where the people themselves overthrow their own government, thinking all the time that they are patriots. The purpose of the right wing as used by British Israel is to create and encourage a revolutionary state of mind and then the people will bring down their own government. The anti-Communist movement as it exists in the United States is peculiarly anti-American; while parading with the American Flag it is developing a pseudo nationalism to wreck the American government, just as Hitler did in Germany. Of course the claim of these people is that they want to get back to constitutional government and most of them sincerely want to, but they do not realize that the EFFECT of their actions is to destroy that which they believe they save. If they could understand the esoteric (hidden) purpose of their organizations, they would not be so anxious to be led to the slaughter. They should realize that as revolution increases constitutional government decreases. Government by crisis is a dictatorship...
Conspiracy always has a DUAL nature. It has the right wing and the left wing. It has the peace groups and the war groups. It has the religious and the atheist. It has the white race and the black race. It has those in power and those out, it has those at the top and those at the bottom...
Those in power such as in America today inaugurate socialistic programs and protect the street rioters thus creating the revolution from the top. Then the right wing dutifully calls it Communism and proceeds to heat up the sham. The dilemma is that the real issue and the real power is never revealed and this is the dilemma that puts those at the top and those on the bottom on the same side -- the wrong side of constitutional government. The effect of this fictitious confrontation is confusion and deception which is fuel for the revolutionary fire, and the result of it is the destruction of constitutional government and not the preservation of it. A bewildered people is the desire of world revolution and constructive criticism of government can come only when the people know fact from fantasy. British Israel is a cancer which controls the mind through confusion. With control of the mind the control of the body is automatic. If one has a basis for truth which is the true gospel and God's redemptive purpose, then he can see that there is a clear pattern to be seen through British Anglo Israel confusion which can be recognized through their consistent goal which is world government, under whatever name. Their strength is in twisting truth into a lie... The thing that makes spiritual bondage complete is that the people don't know it, and if they don't know it they will not resist it, but will embrace it.
The purpose of posting this series of exposes on the Christian Right is to provide information upon which basis Christians may examine the roots of this movement and to reevaluate the leaders, religious and otherwise. Those who function as facilitators of the dialectical process, who create unrest and distrust of government, are in direct violation of Scripture:
Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the power that be are ordained of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation. Romans 13:1,2
May we instead turn to Scripture for our admonishment and examples, recalling that Jesus' apostles led no political movement, much less an insurrection against the Powers That Be, as is the custom of self-appointed leaders of the so-called Christian Right. Future reports on the Council for National Policy will demonstrate that its members are mere creatures of the Eastern Establishment, who derive their principles from the devilish wisdom of Freemasonry rather than pure and peaceable wisdom of God's Word. In striking contrast to their inflammatory rhetoric were the apostle Peter's instructions to the persecuted New Testament churches -- words that were penned under the reign of terror of the infamous Emperor Nero:
Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man, for the Lord's sake: whether it be to the king as supreme; or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well. For so is the will of God, that with well doing ye may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men: As free, and not using your liberty for a cloke of maliciousness, but as servants of God. Honor all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king. I Pet. 2:13-17
The Council for National Policy
Project Megiddo & The Next Revolution

The Belmont Brotherhood



Endnotes

1. Sara Diamond, Roads to Dominion: Right-Wing Movements and Political Power in the United States, Guilford Press, 1995, p. 52.
2. Ibid.
3. Emanuel Josephson, Rockefeller "Internationalist" - The Man Who Misrules the World, NY: Chedney Press, 1952, p. 37.
4. "This Age of Conflict," Ivor Benson, http://www.intrstar.net/~wpaper/AgeofConflict.html
5. Ibid.
6. The Belmont Brotherhood, http://watch-unto-prayer.org/belmont.html
7. James Robison, Proofs of a Conspiracy, Western Islands Publishers, 1976, 1789, Introduction.
8. "America's Subversion: The Enemy Within," Sonny Stermole, Ministry of Biblical Defense, http://www.execpc.com/~amerisub/intro/intro.html
9. "Watchman on the Wall," Warren P. Mass, The New American, August 29, 1988, http://jbs.org/Focus/mcdonald2.htm .
10. "Conspiracies of World War II," J. S. Craig, http://ecentral.com/members/jcraig/MILIT.HTM
11. E.H. Cookridge, Gehlen: Spy of the Century, London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1971, pp. 127-28.
12. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch, Western Goals Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt References: 5. Letter from Sean Steinbach and Dominik Diehl, May 22, 1987. 8. Elton Manzione, "The Private Spy Agency," The National Reporter, Summer 1985.
13. Ibid., References: 10. Scott Anderson and Jon Lee Anderson, Inside the League: The Shocking Expose of How Terrorists, Nazis, and Latin American Death Squads Have Infiltrated the World Anti-Communist League (New York, NY: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1986); 8. Elton Manzione, "The Private Spy Agency," The National Reporter, Summer 1985. .
14. Ibid., References: Donner, Protectors of Privilege, pp. 245-89; Joel Sappell, "Jay Paul," Los Angeles Times, 30 April 1984, Part II, p. 1,6.
15. Who's Who in America, 1976-1977, 1992-1993.
16. "Nazis, the Vatican and the CIA," Covert Action Information Bulletin, Winter 1986, No. 25, pp. 27-38, http://www.mosquitonet.com/~prewett/caqsmom25.1.html
17. Michael Biagent, Richard Lincoln & Henry Lincoln, The Messianic Legacy, Dell Publishing, 1986, p. 361.
18. "Nazis, the Vatican and the CIA," op.cit.; Reference: 14 John Loftus, The Belarus Secret, ed. by Nathan Miller (New York Knopf, 1982), pp. 106-107, 178. [and see UNHOLY TRINITY by Loftus]
19. Ibid., http://www.mosquitonet.com/~prewett/caqsmom25.1.html
20. Grace History, http://www.grace.com/html/history.html
21. The Messianic Legacy, p. 361.
22. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: AmeriCares Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/americar.txt References: 12. The New Right Humanitarians, The Resource Center, l986; 19. Private Organizations with U.S. Connections in Honduras, The Resource Center, l988.
23. "Medal Of Freedom Awarded To IESC Co-Founders David Rockefeller And Sol Linowitz," PR Newswire, January 13, 1998.
24. Rockefeller "Internationalist", pp. 237-38.
25. Gerard Colby with Charlotte Dennett,Thy Will Be Done: The Conquest of the Amazon: Nelson Rockefeller and Evangelism in the Age of Oil, HarperCollins 1996, pp. 474, 539, 887.
26. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: Western Goals Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt; 8. Elton Manzione, "The Private Spy Agency," The National Reporter, Summer 1985. 9. The New Right Humanitarians, the Resource Center, 1986. 10. Scott Anderson and Jon Lee Anderson, Inside the League: The Shocking Expose of How Terrorists, Nazis, and Latin American Death Squads Have Infiltrated the World Anti-Communist League (New York, NY: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1986).
27. Anton Chaitkin, George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography, Chapter XVIII, http://www.texasbestseminars.org/GBUSH18.htm
28. The Messianic Legacy, p. 361.
29. Inside the League, pp. 12-13, p. 45.
30. Ibid., pp. 92-3.
31. Ibid., p. 93.
32. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: Western Goals Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt
33. Ibid.
34. Ibid.
35. Ibid.; Council for National Policy Membership Directory, 1984-85.
36. Ibid.
37. "Nazis, the Vatican and the CIA," op.cit; http://www.mosquitonet.com/~prewett/caqsmom25.2.html ; Ref. British Guardian Weekly (2/27/69).
38. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: WGF, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt
39. John Saloma, Ominous Politics: The New Conservative Labyrinth, NY: Hill & Wang, 1984, p. 53; Perry Deane Young, God's Bullies: Power Politics and Religious Tyranny, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1982, p. 79.
40. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: Council for National Policy, http://www.pir.org/gw/cnp.txtReference: 5. New Right Humanitarians (Albuquerque, NM: The Resource Center, 1986); Ominous Politics, p. 47; Sara Diamond, Spiritual Warfare: The Politics of the Christian Right; Boston: South End Press, 1989, pp. 106-7; Russ Bellant, The Coors Connection, Boston: South End Press, 1988, p. 35.
41. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: WGF, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt
42. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: WACL, http://www.pir.org/gw/wacl.txt ; Inside the League, p. 152.; 1996 CNP Membership Roster.
43. Ibid.
44. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: WGF, http://www.pir.org/gw/wg.txt
45. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: CNP, http://www.pir.org/gw/cnp.txt; Reference: 7. Letter from Paul M. Weyrich, tres of the CNP, Jan 28, 1986.
46. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: AmeriCares Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/americar.txt ; Who's Who in America, 1976-1977, 1992-1993.
47. "The Unification Church and the Land and the Sea," speech by Rev. Sun Myung Moon, June 1, 1991, Belvedere, New York, http://unification.net/1991/910601.html; The New York Times, March 23, 1988 as cited by Russ Bellant in The Coors Connection, p. 39.
48. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: AmeriCares Foundation, http://www.pir.org/gw/americar.txt ; References: 12. The New Right Humanitarians, The Resource Center, l986. 45. David Ivon, "International Freedom Foundation," Covert Action Information Bulletin, #31, Winter 1989. 46. Phone interview with investigative reporter Sidney Blumenthal, Sep 20, 1990.
49. Interhemispheric Resource Center, GroupWatch: CNP, http://www.pir.org/gw/cnp.txt; Reference: 13. Penny Lernoux, "Who Knows? The Knights of Malta Know," The National Catholic Reporter, May 5, 1989; Council for National Policy Membership Directory 1988.
50. Grolier's Encyclopedia, http://www.ufomind.com/people/t/teller/
51. Thinking Globally and Acting Locally: Part III: The Politics of Transformation, Ronald Miller, Distant Drums, Vol. 5. No.2, May 1983, p. 7.
52. David Harris, The Council for National Policy; Templeton Foundation: http://www.templeton.org/prize/pkjudges.asp; Who's Who in America, 1992-93.
53. Old Nazis, The New Right and the Republican Party, pp. 45-6.
54. "Racism, Intelligence and the Working Class", Progressive Labor Party, 4th Edition, February 1995: http://www.plp.org/pamphlets/riwc.html
55. Carroll Quigley, The Anglo-American Establishment, NY: Books in Focus, Inc., pp. 4, 232.
56. Inside the League, pp. 114-15.
57. Eric Samuelson, "What About Those Pilgrims?", pilgrim.html
58. A.K. Chesterton, The New Unhappy Lords, Ch. XXIV, http://www-douzzer.ai.mit.edu:8080/conspiracy/www.tlio.demon.co.uk/bildhist.htm#Prince


http://watch.pair.com/jbs-cnp.html

THE BELMONT BROTHERHOOD





"Does the Brotherhood exist?"
"That Winston, you will never know. If we choose to set you free when we have finished with you, and if you live to be ninety years old, still you will never learn whether the answer to that question is yes or no. As long as you live, it will be a riddle in your mind."
From 1984 by George Orwell
Ladies and Gentlemen:
During the past year many of you have received sensitive material regarding criminal abuses within the high command of The John Birch Society from the following sources:

1. Harry Brandler -- former Illinois Coordinator
2. Tim Weir -- former JBS Staff Fund Raiser and St. Louis Coordinator
3. Donald Prang -- former JBS Comptroller
4. Rex Westerfield -- former JBS Public Relations Director
5. Bruce Taylor -- former JBS Director of Advertising and Sales
6. Dick Weiss -- former South Dakota Coordinator
7. Tim Heinan -- former JBS Ad Hoc Committee Coordinator
8. Nicholas J. Bove, Jr. -- former Research Assistant to Robert Welch
9. John Deckert -- former Coordinator for Central and Southern New Jersey
10. Ted Henrickson -- former Coordinator for Southern New Jersey and Delaware
(This is only a partial listing)
While our staff has been engaged in research for our forthcoming book (which we shall publish in the very near future), it has discovered some surprising coincidences in the backgrounds of certain members of the Council of the John Birch Society (both past and present) -- coincidences we believe demand the attention of all students of the Master Conspiracy of which we have come to believe THE BELMONT BROTHERHOOD is an integral part.
JBS Council Members - Past and present

The following biographical sketches were taken, verbatim, from a book, THE KANGAROO COURT VERSUS THE JOHN BIRCH SOCIETY. It was published in 1963 by A.J. MacDonald and Associates and, we should add, written in defense of the John Birch Society. We have reproduced nearby the full title page of this particular volume. Observe - this copy we are using was once available from a St. Paul American Opinion Bookstore. When you finish reading these biographies, which include two thirds of Charter Members present in Indianapolis on Dec. 8 & 9, 1958, we believe you will begin to understand why American Opinion Bookstores no longer sells it.

KANGAROO COURT

VERSUS

THE JOHN BIRCH

SOCIETY

By

A.J. MacDonald

1963

PRICE $1.25

***

Published by
A.J. MACDONALD & ASSOCIATES
POLITICAL RESEARCH BUREAU
3025 W. 7th Street
Los Angeles, California 90005

CHAPTER 10

On the following pages are listed a few of those important people who are backing and supporting the Society as members of the John Birch Council.
1. William J. Grede

In the February 1977 John Birch Society Bulletin, Welch describes Grede as a "truly great American (p. 27)." This "great American" was a "director" of none other than the 7th Federal Reserve Bank - an important arm of the infamous Federal Reserve System. As Birch authority Gary Allen states in his Rockefeller File: "For fifty years the Federal Reserve - CFR - Rockefeller Insider crowd (observe how Allen uses all of these terms together and interchangeably) has advocated and carried out policies aimed at increasing the power of their satellite, the Soviet Union (p. 108)."

That being the case, what was a founding Council Member of the JBS - a man who is now Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Council - doing as a member of the crowd Allen says increases the power of the Soviet Union? Coincidence?? No more a coincidence than Grede's membership in the quasi-Masonic National Council of the YMCA - which we shall deal with later.

Incidentally, Grede is listed by Helen Peters in her treatise, Is the John Birch Society Subversive? as Chairman of National Bible Week put up by the Laymen's National Committee of the National Council of Churches. This we suppose is the "Conservative" Arm of the National Council of Churches.



2. Robert D. Love

Although Bob Love is no longer on the Council, he was still a member for a number of years and as such is entitled to some examination. Bob Love is listed here as "a Thirty-second Degree KCCH Mason, a member of the Median Shrine [emphasis ours]."

What was a Thirty-second Degree Mason doing on the Council of the John Birch Society? Indeed, he was not the only highly placed Mason on the Council. What is the significance of this?

In order to understand how significant it could be, we must consult Masonic authority Albert Pike -- whom Welch himself has identified on numerous occasions as one of the major Master Conspirators of the Nineteenth Century:

"To the crowd we must say: we worship a God, but it is the God one adores without superstition. To you Sovereign Grand Inspectors General, we say this, that you may repeat it to the Bretheren of the 32nd [which by the way was Love's level - N.B.], 31st and 30th degrees: all of us initiates of the high degrees should maintain the Masonic religion in the purity of the Luciferian doctrine... Yes, Lucifer is God, and, unfortunately Adonay is also God... religious philosophy in its purity and truth consists in the belief in Lucifer, the equal of Adonay. (Albert Pike, quoted in A.C. de la Rive: La Femme et l'Enfant dinis la Franc-Maconnerie Universelle, p. 588. Also quoted by Vicomte Leon de Poncins, Freemasonry and the Vatican, p. 6).
Similar quotations abound in Pike's book, Morals and Dogma -- which can be found in Welch's library in Belmont, Massachusetts. This writer knows this because, as his former research assistant, he was in charge of organizing Welch's personal book collection. Now, knowing this, what does Welch himself think of one having a self-avowed Thirty-Second Degree KCCH Mason on the Council? -- especially when, as Pike says, Bretheren of the 32nd Degree (Love's level) worship Lucifer.
Believe it or not, Welch has given us his answer. It is in the John Birch Society Bulletin of October, 1973. In this bulletin he does not refer directly to Bob Love as a Thirty-Second Degree Mason. Instead he comments on organized Masonry in general. On pages 13-14 he attempts to answer the charge that he himself may be a Mason. And here is his startling response: "So What?" (emphasis ours).

Then Welch continues to defend his strange (to put it mildly) defense by adding "At least ninety-five percent of the four million ordinary (observe that Pike told us what a 32nd Degree Mason believes -- a 32nd Degree Mason like Love is no ordinary Mason) American Masons are just as patriotic as you or I." Which kind of makes you wonder about Welch's concept of patriotism.

But he doesn't stop there. He goes on to state that he was invited on several occasions to "speak out against Communism at Masonic Lodges (p. 14)." And he assures us he did this with "no punches pulled." So he must have told them about Pike - the occult high philosopher of all organized Masonry. In fact Welch would have had to expose Pike if he was determined not to pull any punches. He would have had to do this because a man who believes "veracity is the very core of morality (p. 14)" would never conceal the truth. Or would he?

Andrew Lane, a member of the Belmont Staff, has stated the following in response to a concerned Bircher's inquiry (see reproduction of entire letter nearby): "Mr. Welch had made speeches exposing parts (emphasis ours) of the Communist Conspiracy before Masonic Lodges on several occasions." We wonder why Welch declined to expose the whole operation instead of just the "parts" Lane mentions. Certainly his speeches at some of these Lodges must have been recorded. If Welch has nothing to hide, why doesn't he make public to justifiably concerned members of the JBS the up-to-now secret comments which he himself has admitted making in Masonic Lodges, not just once, but on several occasions?



3. William Benton McMillan

McMillan is not listed anywhere, as far as we are concerned, as a 32nd Degree Mason. He was, however, a member of the St. Louis Committee of the Council on Foreign Relations (see reproduced page nearby from Power Behind The Government Today by Helen P. Lasell: Liberty Publications, 520 Fifth Avenue, N.Y., N.Y., 1963).

So McMillan, who was by the way present in Indianapolis for the founding of the Society and was the first Life Member of the Society -- see pages 258 and 274 of the LIFE AND WORDS OF ROBERT WELCH by G. Edward Griffin) was a member of what Dan Smoot has called the "Invisible Government." Any informed Bircher knows that the CFR is a subversive clique preparing to merge us into a Communist one-world Government. Read None Dare Call It Conspiracy for the full story.



4. Frederick Chase Koch

If it should seem strange that a founding Council member like McMillan was also a CFR member, it shouldn't be. Koch, another founding Council member (JBS* that is) was -- according to the 1964-1965 Who's Who (page 1120), available at your local non-JBS library (we have reproduced the section in question nearby). -- President of The Coleman Company, Inc., "builder oil refineries in England, France, Belgium, Germany, Russia (emphasis ours), Rumania (emphasis ours), Portugal, Italy, Near East..." We wonder if Koch signed that JBS petition to stop aid and trade with our Communist enemies. He probably did. Should you dare to ask Welch about the apparent contradiction here, he will very likely reply with a form letter saying: "So What? -- And thank you for checking with this office."



5. J. Nelson Shepherd

Shepherd is a member of the quasi-Masonic Rotary Club, Elks Club, YMCA Board, and last -- but not least of all -- the very elite Newcomen Society. The current president of the Newcomen Society is Charles Penrose, Jr. Mr. Penrose has been its President since at least 1959. Penrose is a member in good standing of such sophisticated subversive one-world outfits as the "Pilgrims of the United States" and the "English-Speaking Union" (see reproductions of page 2456 of the 1976-1977 Who's Who in America (Volume II) and page 545 of Volume I of the Encyclopedia of Associations on a nearby page).

So that you may get an idea of the kind of people involved with the Pilgrims and the English-Speaking Union, we have reproduced nearby the remarks of the U.S. Congressman from Montana, the Hon. J. Thorlkelson, given in a speech to the U.S. House of Representatives on August 20, 1940:

Steps Toward British Union, a World State, and International Strife - Part III
REMARKS
of
HON. J. THORKELSON
OF MONTANA
IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Tuesday, August 20, 1940
PAMPHLET BY JOHN J. WHITEFORD
Mr. THORKELSON. Mr. Speaker, under leave to extend my own remarks in the RECORD, I include a pamphlet by John J. Whiteford. This pamphlet should be of interest to every Member of Congress because it deals with a subject that will soon confront us, as it did in 1917:
In the past it has been largely responsible for drawing this country into the World War at a cost of thousands of our young men and billions of dollars and a long period of depression. It does not work openly and it is not generally recognized by the public. It does not yell from soap boxes in Union Square, call strikes, picket or hold parades. It operates from the top down and so it reaches into every juncture of American life. It is the far reaching power of British propaganda to make this country subservient to Great Britain and the British Empire.
The scene is a banquet held at the Hotel Plaza, New York City, October 25, 1939. This banquet was given by the Pilgrim Society of America in honor of the Marquess of Lothian, British Ambassador of the United States. It is an old custom of the American Pilgrims to extend this honor to every newly-appointed British Ambassador, the same as the British Pilgrims invite every new American Ambassador to their midst at a banquet in London.
There are several curious things about these Pilgrim functions. In the first place there is present a these dinners an array of notables, such as it would be difficult to bring together under one roof for any other purpose and by any other society. The Lothian dinner was no exception. Presiding over this affair was Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, president of Columbia University, and chairman of the American Pilgrim Society. Among the guests were John D. Rockefeller and J.P. Morgan, Thomas W. Lamont and other members of the House of Morgan. Frank L. Polk, Jeremiah Milbank, James W. Gerard (former American ambassador to Germany), the French Ambassador to the United States, Lt. Gen. Hugh A. Drum, U.S.A. Maj. Gen. John O. Harbord (chairman of the Radio Corporation of America), the Secretary of the Treasury, Henry Morgenthau, and many other leading figures in government, diplomacy, politics, finance, banking, shipping, law, industry, insurance and education. These men had come especially to honor Lord Lothian and to hear him speak. Before this important audience Lord Lothian's speech could not merely be a light after-dinner talk of clever stories and witticisms. It was an important as front-page news.
* * * * * *
A few prominent Pilgrim members, past and present, are listed below: J.P. Morgan, Russell Leffingwell, Henry P. Davison, John W. Davis, John D. Rockefeller, Harry Rockefeller, Ogden Mills Reid, Henry Morgenthau, Otto Kahn, Robert Fulton Cutting, James B. Clews, John B. Trevor, William Fellowes Morgan, Henry W. Taft, Adolph Ochs, James Speyer, Charles H. Rabin, Sir Ashley Sparks, George F. Trewbridge, Phillip Rhinelander, Andrew W. Mellon, Albert H. Wiggin. J. W. Hill, John F. O'Ryan, Frank L. Polk, George R. Goeshals, Julius Ochs Adler, Alfred I. Aiken, Herbert I. Aldrich, John Whitney, W.B. Whitney, Cornelius Vanderbilt, Vincent Astor, Julius S. Bache, Robert Lew Boron, Ancell H. Bail, David H. Biddle, Robert W. Bigelow, Irving T. Bush, Newcomb Carleton, Joseph H....
In the nature of their exclusive membership and... the Pilgrims may be termed the wholesale agency for promoting the interests of Britain in this country. It is strictly a Tory organization. The retail outlet is the more widely known English-Speaking Union, which has for its avowed purpose:
"To draw together in the bond of comradeship the English-Speaking people of the United States and of the British Empire by the disseminating knowledge of each in the other and by reverence for their common institutions."
It is interesting to note that the English-Speaking Union originated in London in the fateful year of 1917 when America bared her strong arm in defense of democracy. Like the Pilgrims, the English-Speaking Union has a British organization with headquarters in London and an American branch with central offices in New York. The purposes of the two organizations are virtually the same and there is an interlocking directorate and membership.
The patron of the English-Speaking Union (London) is His Majesty the King. The honorary president of the American English-Speaking Union is the prominent Pilgrim, John W. Davis, successor to the late Walter Hines Page as America's wartime Ambassador to the Court of St. James, Presidential Candidate in 1924, and member of J.P. Morgan & Co. As treasurer of the American English-Speaking Union is listed Harry P. Davison, also a Morgan partner whose father was instrumental in having J.P. Morgan & Co. appointed exclusive purchasing agents for the British Government in America during the World War. Another director of the English-...
[Editor's Note: The League of Nations documents that the Pilgrim Society elites also funded the CFR & RIIA.]
Elitist clubs like the Pilgrims and much less sophisticated offshoots from Masonry like the YMCA and the seemingly innocuous Elks and Rotary Clubs are in reality philosophically interconnected sects within the overall Masonic framework of the Luciferian tradition of Albert Pike. Pope Leo XIII pointed this out in his famous Encyclical, Humanum Genus:

"There exists in the world a certain number of sects which although seemingly different one from another as to name, ritual, form and origin are, however, similar due to the analogy of their aim and chief principles. Indeed, they are identical to Freemasonry which is, for them all, the central point from which they proceed and toward which they converge." (Leo XIII, as quoted by Monseigneur Jouin: The Papacy and Freemasonry, pp. 3,4)
Organizations such as the YMCA comprise the type of sects, though different in name, yet similar in general Masonic principles to the cardinal tenets of Freemasonry which Leo XIII warned against in Humanum Genus. Years later Pope Benedict XV noted this in his condemnation of November 5, 1920 and prior to this in a letter from the Holy Office to the Ordinaries on June 15, 1916 (a letter which called upon their vigilant attention because of special new machinations being directed against the Faith by anti-Catholic organizations -- foremost among them being the YMCA. In the letter of November 5, Benedict XV stated: "The YMCA intends to purify and spread a more perfect knowledge of real life placing itself above all Churches and outside of any religious jurisdiction." (Benedict XV, as quoted by Monsigneur Jouin, op.cit., p. 28)


6. Robert Waring Stoddard

Stoddard is Mr. Big on the Council. He too was a director and president of the YMCA. Even more interesting is that he is Chairman of the Board of the Worcester Telegram and Gazette (this according to the 1976-1977 Who's Who In America, page 3030 -- see reproduction nearby) --influential papers whose editors belong to the local Committee of the Council on Foreign Relations.

When John F. McManus -- during a speech he gave in Worcester, Massachusetts in the summer of 1973 -- was asked by a reporter from the Gazette about the patent contradiction of Birch Council Member Stoddard allowing CFR members to determine editorial policy for his paper, Birch Society Public Relations Director McManus replied, "Why don't you ask Bob Stoddard?" The next day McManus was severely chewed out by Welch himself for "embarrassing" Stoddard. Jack was so upset over the incident that he told the whole story to his research assistant who just happened to be this writer during that particular summer.

Stoddard is Mr. Establishment Massachusetts. After all, a Director of the First National Bank of Boston, the Wyman-Gordon Company, and the Raytheon Company (a good size defense contractor) is the Establishment. We wonder about his dedication to the "cause" which so many less fortunate Birchers have given their all for. Or perhaps Stoddard knows better? And like Welch would simply say, "So What?"



7. T. Coleman Andrews

Andrews was a founding member of the Society, present at its creation in Indianapolis -- and like Robert Love -- a 32nd degree Mason (see 1960-61 Who's Who in America reproduced Pg. 12). But we already know that being a 32nd degree Mason does not disqualify one from being on the Council. For Welch's position on Masonry is expressed in two words "So What?"

Oswald Wirth would not agree at all with those two words. Wirth speaks with some authority, being a 33rd Degree Mason and an author of many books on Freemasonry, he held an eminent position with fellow Masons as an initiate of he Grand Lodge of France. In Wirth's L'deal Iniatique, he explains the great significance of an initiation into a Masonic Order:

"It is a serious matter to ask for Initiation, for one has to sign a pact...it demands that the man's soul be truly committed in the act." (op.cit., de Poncins, p. 48)
Wirth cites The Book of Genesis to arrive at the cardinal tenet of all Freemasonry:
"The beguiling serpent, who incites us to eat the fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil, symbolizes one particular instinct. He breaks away from the conservative instinct and represents both a nobler and subtler instinct, whose purpose is to make man aware of his need to rise in the scale of beings".
"This secret spur is the promoter of all progress, and of all the conquests which enlarge the sphere of action both of individuals and of groups"

"That explains why the Serpent, inspiring disobedience, in subordination and revolt, was held accursed by the ancient theocracies, while at the same time he was honoured among the initiated." (op.cit., de Poncins, pp. 87-88)

Welch puts it a little differently. But the more it changes, the more it stays the same. For Welch calls man's need to rise to a higher scale of beings his "upward reach." As he wrote in The Blue Book:
"I want to convince you as I am convinced, that even under such leadership (his, that is -- N.B) we have no chance (emphasis ours) unless the specific battles are fought as part of a larger and more lasting movement (like Wirth's or Pike's Grand Orient Masonry perhaps? -- N.B.) to restore once again an upward reach in the heart of man." (The Blue Book, p. 115)
Andrews, in addition to being a Mason, was also the Commissioner of the U.S. Internal Revenue from 1953-1955.


8. Spruille Braden

Braden had quite an impressive record with the U.S. State Department. He was a resident member of the Council on Foreign Relations -- check the index in The Invisible Government by Dan Smoot. But even more interesting, according to Volume 26, page 295 of Who's Who in America 1976-1977 (reproduced nearby), Braden was a director of the W. Averell Harriman Securities Corporation.

For those of you who have not heard of Averell Harriman, we refer you to page 217 of the wirebound paperback edition of The Politician by Robert Welch:

"So we'll skip all of the documentation and most of the comment in listing just a few more of the Communists, Communist Sympathizers, or extreme left wingers with whom Eisenhower has been on very friendly terms. Such a list would include: John G. Winant, Harry Dexter White, Henry Morgenthau, Jr., Anna M. Rosenberg, Sidney Hillman, Perl Mesta, Jacob Javits, W. Averell Harriman (emphasis ours), Milton Katz, and Harry Hopkins."
Braden authored a book in 1971 -- "Diplomats and Demagogues" the Memoirs of Spruille Braden, published by Arlington House.
On page 89 we find the following interesting admission:

"The banking house in which I had agreed to become a partner never passed the planning stage. I arranged with Averell Harriman to become an associate of W. A. Harriman & Company, and to make my offices with them, occupying a desk in the partners' room with Averell and Roland Harriman and other partners in the firm. Although I was a partner not in but of the firm, I bought about $25,000 worth of stock and about the same amount in the W. A. Harriman Securities Corporation, a very closely held investment trust."
We have called your attention to one Federal Reserve Bank connections thus far on the John Birch Society Council.
Therefore, the following quote from page 94 of Braden's 1971 book we believe merits your attention:

"I was appointed an advisor particularly to help one of the delegates, Paul Warburg, distinguished (sic) as a principal architect of the Federal Reserve System deal with the Chilean delegation. I knew Samuel Claro Lastarria, its chief, and his colleagues on the delegation. I was one of a dozen or so American advisors. We would all sit around the table with delegates, who were supposed to be discussing inter-American financial problems following World War I."
"But if there was little real activity on the financial side, the social side was lively enough and Maria and I had a fine time. We became very friendly with Paul Warburg; (emphasis added) also with John J. Raskob (one of my fellow advisors on the Chilean Committee), the Dupont official who later became national chairman of the Democratic Party. It was at a reception during the conference that I first met and briefly chatted with Franklin D. Roosevelt, then Assistant Secretary of the Navy. He was a magnificent looking man, still of course in full possession of his physical powers."
So Braden as on a first name basis with Averell Harriman, Paul Warburg and John Raskob.
Much is available on Paul Warburg. As an example Gary Allen wrote an article in the March 1970 "American Opinion" entitled "The Bankers" - Conspiratorial Origins of the Federal Reserve. We quote from pages 27 and 28 of that article:

"Among other international bankers financing the Russian Revolution were Olaf Aschberg of the Nye Banken of Stockholm, the Rhine Westphalian Syndicate, and a wealthy banker named Jivotovsky whose daughter later married Leon Trotsky. However, the chief European funding came from Max Warburg of Hamburg, Germany, who was the brother of Jacob Schiff's son-in-law, Felix Warburg, as well as Schiff's partner, Paul Warburg. Curiously, the latter was the man most instrumental in the establishment of the Federal Reserve System."
Reproduced nearby are two photographs of Spruille Braden in the act of making awards to President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and President Dwight David Eisenhower.
Apparently Braden wasn't aware of things like Operation Keelhaul or maybe that's why he is smiling, and if asked about Eisenhower's participation in the murder of millions of innocent people in World War II and after, he would simply reply, "So What?"

It is hardly necessary to reproduce here the "position" of the Belmont Brotherhood on Roosevelt or Eisenhower. Although it is worth noting that these two photographs are at least 20 years apart, indicating a certain constancy on the part of Mr. Braden.

About the time of Braden's appointment as "our" Ambassador to Cuba, he reports on page 264 of his book Diplomats and Demogogues the following conversation between he (Braden) and Nelson Rockefeller:

"Now," Nelson asked, "what would you like us to do in regard to Cuba?"
"Nelson," I answered, "there's just one thing I insist on, and that is that I am the Ambassador. I want your solemn promise that nothing - and I mean nothing - will be done there by your office without my (emphasis added) prior approval. I'll be coordinating committee there and I'll cooperate with you. (emphasis added) But absolutely nothing is to be done - no one is to be employed, no contract is to be signed without my knowledge and approval. If that is understood I think we can work together very well. (emphasis added)
"Nelson agreed with alacrity."
"Obviously I had averted a great peril by obtaining Nelson's agreement to keep hands off in Cuba. And he kept his word scrupulously, even to the point of asking my approval (emphasis added) before sending down representatives to carry out an order from the President himself."
So Braden was on a first name basis with Nelson Rockefeller. Please note Braden's promise to cooperate and work with Rockefeller. This even went to the point of having Rockefeller ask Braden's approval "before sending down representatives to carry out an order from the President himself."
Braden devotes fourteen pages of his book to a description of a pleasant relationship between himself and Nelson Rockefeller. What, may we be so bold as to ask, was a "conservative" and future JBS Council member doing in such a relationship?



9. Louis Ruthenberg

The late Ruthenberg, like the living Bill Grede, was a Director of a Federal Reserve Bank -- this one in St. Louis. Thus we have another man who was once on the Council associated in a major way with the infamous Federal Reserve System.



10. Ralph E. Davis

Davis is another Mason on the Council. We are not told what degree he it. Not that it matters all that much however, for the lower degrees supply the pool for the higher degrees. So for all we know Davis may be a 34th Degree Mason. That would even make him higher than Albert Lantoine -- a Mason who aroused a great deal of controversy with his Lettre au Souverain Pontife in 1937. Masons of any degree should, if they are truly consistent - concur with his following observation.

"There is a higher sphere where knowledge and Faith, though they cannot meet, can at least tolerate one another. To those seeking the one, to those who possess the other, they give the same delights and the same anguish. There is much purity and grandeur in the words of the philosophers in the Word of the Redeemer.
So much the better, I say. Possessing critical and inquiring minds, we are the servants of Satan. You the guardians of truth, are the servants of God. These two complement one another. Each needs the other." Albert Lantaine, as quoted in Freemasonry and the Vatican, p. 111.



11. Frank E. Masland, Jr.
Masland is not in THE KANGAROO COURT VERSUS THE JOHN BIRCH SOCIETY. But he was listed by Welch as a member of the Council in the JBS Bulletin for February 1960 (p. 4) which can be found in the wirebound White Book of the John Birch Society for 1960. Welch forgets to tell you here that Masland was a Mason. Who's Who for 1964-65 mentions this conveniently omitted fact (see reproduction nearby of page 1297 of 1964-65 of Who's Who].



12. Cola Godden Parker

Parker was also mentioned in the February, 1960 Bulletin (p. 4) by Welch. Although Welch forgot to mention that he was both a Mason and a member of the mysterious Newcomen Society (whose president, Charles Penrose, Jr. is directly tied in with the subversive Pilgrims and English-Speaking Union). Observe page 2106 of the 1950-51 Who's Who reproduced nearby.



13. Joseph Bracken Lee

Lee was an early JBS Council member. He is described in the 1976-77 Who's Who in America page 1856 as a 33rd degree Mason, Knight Commander Court of Honor. This puts Mr. Lee at the same level as Albert Lantoine and Oswald Wirth who, as you may recall from the above, say Masons as high as Lee honor and serve Satan!

Incidentally, we find in Who's Who in America a whole raft of extreme left wingers who are either 32nd or 33rd degree Masons. Such a list would include George McGovern (1972 Democratic Presidential Candidate) and Earl Warren (former Supreme Court Justice) who we understand the Belmont Brotherhood was trying to "impeach".



II. Other Council Members

For the most part, the remaining Council members constitute a form of window dressing to impress the average Bircher (potential, that is) with the "distinguished" leadership of the Society. We have some doctors to impress other doctors (e.g. Grady, Adamson, and McDonald); Stillwell J. Conner - a relative of Robert J. Koenig, former Major Coordinator for the Midwest currently hiding in Belmont as a Home Office Coordinator after having instructed at least one Coordinator to commit loan and stock fraud in the State of Illinois; a couple of military men (Bunker and Stone), and a variety of directors of publicly held corporations.



III. Other Birch Figures -- Inner and Outer Circles



1. Martin J. Condon, III

Condon is a non-Council member whose name appears on the Editorial Advisory Committee of American Opinion magazine. It appeared on the flyleaf of a recent 1976 issue (see page nearby.) He is a director of Schering-Plough Corporation, one of the many publicly-held corporations represented by members of the JBS Council. Condon, according to Who's Who in America, 1976-77 (see reproduction nearby of page 634), is also a member of the mysterious Newcomen Society.



2. George Schuyler - Contributing Editor to American Opinion

Schuyler is reputed to be a "conservative" journalist. Yet in 1934-35 he was -- according to volume 2 page 2795 of Who's Who in America 1976-77 (reproduced nearby) -- a special assistant in publicity for no less a notorious organization for the NAACP. From 1937 to 1944 he was business manager of the NAACP publication: The Crisis. For those of you who are unaware of the Communist connections of the NAACP, check it out in Volume One of the Biographical Dictionary of the Left by Francis X. Gannon -- available at the nearest bookstore. We are in the process of completing a study of the other current connections of Mr. Schuyler listed at the bottom of the attached Who's Who and we intend to publish these disturbing facts in an upcoming book.



3. E. Merrill Root - Former Associate Editor of American Opinion

Root, prior to his death a number of years ago, had numerous articles published in American Opinion -- not to mention those which appeared in Review of the News. Western Island (the JBS publishing affiliate) published the book, America's Steadfast Dream. He was also a close confidant and personal friend of Robert Welch.

Imagine our surprise when his name appeared in the index of a New York State Investigating Committee (see the title page of the Investigation and the article in question) which was charged with exposing the Communist Conspiracy in America in the early 1920's under the leadership of the Hon. Clayton R. Lusk.

REVOLUTIONARY RADICALISM
ITS HISTORY, PURPOSE AND TACTICS
WITH AN EXPOSITION OF THE STEPS BEING TAKEN AND REQUIRED TO CURB IT
BEING THE REPORT OF THE JOINT LEGISLATIVE COMMITTEE
INVESTIGATING SEDITIOUS ACTIVITIES,
FILED APRIL 24, 1920 IN THE SENATE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
PART I
REVOLUTIONARY AND SUBVERSIVE MOVEMENTS ABROAD AND AT HOME

VOLUME II

NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS

36. GOOD MORNING

(This is a "humorous" weekly that is frankly apologetic towards revolutionary radicalism.)
1330. PROPAGANDA
...because they all admit it. In one respect they are all the same kind of Socialists, the kind that carefully avoids doing anything to bring Socialism about. Now if Mr. Lenin and Mr. Trotsky would only become that kind of Socialist, nothing would be too good for them.
Contempt for jail is the beginning of liberty.
(Issue of July 10, 1919)
We call your attention to the Marxist Periodical Good Morning in which Root wrote: "In the matter of adopting the red flag, I can, with all my heart subscribe to that blessed phrase: AMERICA FIRST." SCATTERED MUSINGS OF A JEFFERSONIAN DEMOCRAT
It is so comfortable to find oneself 100% American. In the matter of adopting the red flag, I can, with all my heart, say AMERICA FIRST.
No one can say nowadays that he doesn't know what we fought the war for -- the reason becomes clearer every day: it was to decide the momentous issue whether we should be jailed by the Kaiser or Woodrow Wilson.
Personally, I would find the Kaiser more comfortable -- his sentences are much more lenient!

Another puzzle is no longer obscure, too -- Why the Statue of Liberty turns her back on America.

I don't like sermons, but I would like to hear one on the text, "Let not your left hand know what your right hand doeth, preached by Woodrow Wilson and illustrated by incidents in his own life.

E. Merrill Root
(Issue of July 10, 1919.)


4. Harold Lord Varney - Contributing Editor to American Opinion
Varney's Committee on Pan American Policy has now become part of The John Birch Society Bulletin Agenda Section (number IV). Varney himself is writing this section of the Bulletin. Just who or what is Harold Lord Varney?

The Lusk Committee Report. Part I. Volume 2. Page 1387, reveals that Eugene Lyons and Harold Lord Varney were on the editorial board of The Workers' World: an openly pro-Communist publication. Nearby are some pages from this magazine -- note the use of the terms "class" and "comrades" -- also note the way they refer to May Day as the Workers' Holiday. Perhaps Welch will say "So What?" to this coincidence also.

NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS

57. THE WORKERS' WORLD

Published at 7 East 15 Street, New York, Home 301 Editorial Board. Andie A. Cleveland, Eugene Lyons, Harold L Varney Published weekly by the Workers' International Information Group
May 1, 1919
The workers of the United States have a sore grievance. The polls are crowded with men and women who spoke what they thought the truth, and spoke it unafraid, who would not be driven to prostitute their consciences by threats, who dared to protest that the class war transcends and is more important than any war between groups of nations. Men and women are arrested for terms equivalent to life imprisonment for ... adherence to an ideal and loyalty to their...
There is no more appropriate time than May Day, the Workers' Holiday. Every jailer must lay down his ... And no shop or factory should be in operation. Hotels, restaurants, theatres, department stores, etc., must be closed on May 1st.
WILLIAM B. WILSON - LET HIM LOOK TO HIS BOND
Harold Lord Varney

The foulest blackguardry in history has always been the blackguardry of our own class. The blackest despotism has always been the despotism of our own labor renegades -- bloated, for brief moments, with dishonourable power. It is these "men of the people" these..., these Briands, these Benedict Arnolds, these men of craven hearts and cankered souls, who stalk through history, ...labor for a handful of the masters' gold. And while liberty writhes, they exult. Such is the figure of our own American Noske -- our Secretary of Labor, William B. Wilson, the Great Despoter.
(May 30, 1919).
"THE FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE OF THE BOLSHEVIK PROPAGANDA AT THE...PRINT, THE SHAME OF BEING A SCAB.
"Is there a more contemptible creature in the world than the one who deserts his fellows and helps defeat his own side? No, there is not.

"Are you aware, America and British soldiers, that you are earning such contempt for yourselves?...

"All their talk of intervention to 'save' Russia, amounts to this: that they are going to return the land to the landlords, the factories and mines to the capitalists, and incidentally to grab a bit for themselves in the way of trading rights and concessions. For of course, they want to compel the Russian workers to repay the loans contracted by the tyrannical and corrupt Czar...

"Cannot you see that this is part of the same class war that you have been carrying on in England and America?...

"Comrades! Drop your dirty work. Turn your guns on your real enemies, the ... and the capitalists?"



5. Robert Bartlett Dresser
Dresser is listed in the 1976-77 Who's Who in America (reproduced nearby) as a Mason. He is currently a member of the Editorial Advisory Committee of American Opinion.



6. Charles Edison

Edison was also listed as a member of the Editorial Advisory Committee of American Opinion early in the life of that magazine.

He was, as you may note from the attached 1958-59 Who's Who in America, Director of the Federal Housing Administration as well as a member of the Pilgrim connected Newcomen Society.

* * * * *

In the preceding sections we have dealt with a number of individuals on the Council and those connected in other ways with the Belmont Brotherhood. This is merely a small sampling -- the tip of the iceberg. As we write, our staff is coming up with many more "coincidences" which we just can't include to meet our publication deadline. But all of it will appear in our forthcoming book -- including more high-level Masons and members of the mysterious Newcomen Society.

* * * * *

IV. The Official JBS Position on Freemasonry

As we have already mentioned, Welch's position on having High Level Masons involved with the Society is: "So What?" And just to show you that we are not kidding about this or, as Welch would say, "pulling punches," we now present an uncut, uncensored official JBS reply to a specific inquiry by a then JBS member.

December 20, 1972
Dear Mr. Leiske,
The JBS has no position on Freemasonry. Some of our staunchest JBS members are also Masons. George Washington was a Mason, seek the highest degree he could earn, and so were many others among our Founding Fathers. The Boston Tea Party was perpetrated by an adjourned meeting of Masons. Dr. Joseph Warren, one of the instigators of the American War of Independence, was head of all the Masons in America. The Masons today are usually the outstanding and solid citizens of their communities. Beyond the earned degree, there may be other degrees, upon open invitation, so secret that no one but those inside know about them. It is in these upper echelons that the Conspiracy may have taken root, or may use the lower echelons as a recruiting ground. But that is only conjecture or opinion. It is not a position.
As for Dr. Stuart Crane, he is developing into a king-sized troublemaker and neutralizer and source of divisiveness. The less you listen to him, the more effective you will be as a fighter against the Communist Conspiracy.
May you have a very merry Christmas and emerge from the holiday... with a renewed spirit for this fight.

Sincerely yours, Andrew Lane
But Leiske was not satisfied. Like most well-meaning Birchers, all he wanted was a straight answer (Belmont was not fond of giving these). He sent to Lane some substantiation of his charges. And Lane replied (see nearby reproduction -- Also note Lane states he is related to a number of Mason.)
February 20, 1973
Dear Mr. Leiske,
The information you sent on the Masonic Order is very revealing and I thank you for it. I know absolutely nothing about the Order and make no claim to, but I do know many members of the Order, have over the years worked with many of them in a book, and related to several, all of whom are of unquestioned patriotism and loyalty to all that is finest in American and in Christian traditions. Now, if it is true that the Communist Conspiracy has infiltrated the Masonic Order, that does not surprise me in the least. The Conspirators have infiltrated every organization worth infiltrating, including our churches.

As for the League of Just Men, what they profess is precisely the opposite of what promote privately. Please read the enclosed copy of "More Stately Mansions" for a quick reminder of what The League really wants to institute. Nothing could be further from the minds of the Masons I know.

I do not want to engage in an interchange or whatever with you over the Masonic Orders because I know nothing about them; and if I were the coward you seem to think I am, I would hardly be in the JBS.

Sincerely yours, Andrew Lane
But Leiske kept on asking questions Belmont could not (or would not) answer. Finally, in desperation, Belmont asked him to resign from the Society. This request came in a letter dated July 31, 1973, by Home Office Coordinator, John Fall. In his three page letter (copies available on request) Fall states:
"Having made our views in these areas abundantly clear in various publications with which you as a member should be familiar, and having summarized those views once again in this letter, we can only add the following for the record, and so as to dispel any suggestion that we are unwilling to answer such charges directly:
'Mr. Welch is not now, nor has he ever been a member of any Masonic order.'

'To the best of our knowledge (emphasis ours -- N.B.) this is true also of the members of our Council, although we have never seen any need to poll them in this regard.'"

It is interesting to observe that Fall does not completely deny that some Council Members have been Masons. He qualifies his denial with the phrase: "To the best of our knowledge" This gives him an out should anyone happen to find an old copy of THE KANGAROO COURT VERSUS THE JOHN BIRCH SOCIETY collecting dust in his attic. Still, in view of the many new facts we are now bringing out, we suggest it is time for Fall and Belmont to reconsider the "need to poll them in this regard."
Naturally we don't expect such a thing to happen. Fall also included this phrase as a qualification in his letter to Leiske: "although we have never seen any need to (investigate the charges -- N.B.)" You would have to be deaf, dumb and blind not to see the need for such an investigation. Unless, of course, you knew the charges were true and wanted to prevent them from becoming widely-known to members of the John Birch Society. Color it a cover-up -- an art at which the BELMONT BROTHERHOOD is very proficient.

Fall, like a number of Staff people in Belmont, is ostensibly a Catholic. In fact, it has been said by a number of sources that some 50% of the JBS Staff is Catholic. If that indeed is the case, those Catholics had better do their homework. Masonry has been explicitly condemned by the Catholic Church for generations and has prohibited its members from cooperation in the propagation of Masonic ideas in any way whatsoever. Below we submit a partial list of the proclamations against Masonry issued by the Catholic Church in the hope that all Christians (especially those remaining Catholics on the JBS staff) give it some sober reflection.

Clement XII In Eminenti April 18, 1738
Benedict XIV Providas March 16, 1751
Clement XIII A. Quodie Sept. 14, 1758
Clement XIII Ut Primum Sept. 3, 1759
Clement XIII Christianae Republicae Salus Nov. 25, 1760
Pius VI Inscrutabile Dec. 25, 1775
Pius VII Ecclesiam a Jesu Christo Sept. 14, 1820
Leo XII Quo Graviora March 13, 1826
Pius VIII Traditi May 21, 1829
Gregory XVI Mirari Vos Aug. 15, 1832
Pius IX Qui Pluribus Nov. 9, 1846
Pius IX Omnibus Quantisque April 20, 1849
Pius IX Multiplices Inter Sept. 25, 1865
Leo XIII Humanum Genus April 20, 1864
Leo XIII Letter to Italian Episcopate Dec. 8, 1892
Leo XIII Letter to the Italian People Dec. 8, 1892
Pius X Vehementer Feb. 11, 1906
Pius X Letter to France Jan. 6, 1907



V. The Unknown Soldier

The late E. Merrill Root, in his introduction to The Life and Words of Robert Welch, wrote the following paragraph:

"Until Robert Welch is fully known, he may well be the Unknown Soldier of our time. But in the time to come, if there is to be a future and a history for the United States of America, Robert Welch will be revered (emphasis ours) as the Unknown Soldier should be, with a shrine and the undying flame (emphasis ours). (E. Root, as quoted in The Life and Words of Robert Welch, p. xv).
That is quite a mouthful. Root talks of Welch as an object of reverence and mentions that a "shrine and the undying flame" would be appropriate. We feel obliged to point out that -- according to Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary -- another definition for revere is "to venerate, a regarding as holy, sacred, or sacrosanct." Welch, of course, shares that opinion of himself -- otherwise he would not have authorized the publication of his own biography (or should we add his autobiography since it was written by Stang in Belmont under Welch's own personal direction several months prior to its publication by G. Edward Griffin). We suspect that Welch's "shrine" will be the John Birch University he has talked so much about. The average Bircher is dedicated to winning the "battle" and saving his family form Communism, not in building shrines like John Birch University to Welch. When this writer worked on the JBS Staff with Welch, Welch's obsession with his University was beginning to upset the membership and even some people on the Staff who felt the "battle" should be won first.
But Welch always maintained John Birch University was paramount in his plans for the "movement". That movement (not what misled Birchers incorrectly perceive it to be) is what we intend to discuss now. In doing so, however, we do not intend to review again the repeated examples of moral turpitude in the Belmont office; the frequent instances of Birch (Belmont level) No-Win policies sabotaging local JBS operations; the questionable accounting practices to inflate the Society's financial reports; state investigations of illegal JBS securities transactions; nepotism financed by membership dues and donations and the vicious smear campaigns directed against those Birchers who dared to speak out. Much of this material has already been covered in THE BELMONT CONSPIRACY OF SILENCE and THE ANATOMY OF A SMEAR as well as in the well-documented material of John DeFriend. Many more details will emerge in our forthcoming book -- of which this brief article is just a short preview.

In all of the preceding material, we were content to expose what was going on in Belmont without attempting to give our theories as to why such strange things were happening. But now we believe we have the answers -- answers which may explain why Welch's only explanation so far has been: "So What?" And believe it or not, most of the answers can be found in the Blue Book of the John Birch Society.

So let's look at some sections of it to discover exactly what Welch believes. Welch's reflections on religion and Christianity in particular strongly resemble those of Freemasonry. Most important of all, Welch proclaims Christianity has failed:

Through many centuries Christianity, despite all of its splits and schisms, supplied the fabric of morality for the whole Western World - through its threats of punishment, promises of rewards, and the humanizing effect of its proffered love by and for a Divine Father. But despite all the billions of words that have been written to the contrary, that fabric is now pierced and torn and weakened beyond dependability (emphasis ours). For a vast majority of those who proclaim themselves Christians today, and attend Church Services, do not really and literally believe in either the punishments, the rewards (note he never explains how he found this out) or even in the physical and biological existence of a Divine Father with any interest in their personal lives and actions. The momentum of a former belief, and the customs which grew out of it, still have great value. But the fabric is worn too thin to have its old effectiveness. (The Blue Book, p. 52)
Welch feels Christianity still has some momentum left. But the essential fabric, in his opinion, is worthless and "weakened beyond dependability." He proposes a new faith, one which is a "broader and more encompassing faith (actually it was not new at all -- it was as old as Freemasonry) to which we can all subscribe without any of us doing any violation to the more specific doctrines of his own creed or altars of his own devotion." (Blue Book, p. 53) As any critical reader can see, these quotations definitively place Welch within the orthodox (even the occult Pike would approve) realm of Freemasonry. The concept of a broad toleration of al beliefs is a calling card of Masonry. All one need believe is the universal upward reach potential of humanity in general. Welch believes in that too -- in fact, it forms the central dogma of his "new" faith. Only a universal Masonic faith could link the philosophy of the Catholic Hilaire Belloc with that of the agnostic Thomas Jefferson which Welch describes on page fifty-three of The Blue Book.
On pages 138-141 Welch outdoes himself. On page 140 he states: "One philosopher will tell you that the possession of these upward traits in some species was purely an accident of nature, another that it was due to the plan of a Divine Being. To me they are both saying the same thing." Observe the similarity of that to this statement of Albert Lantoine, a 33rd Degree Mason:

"There is a higher sphere where knowledge and faith, though they cannot meet, can at least tolerate one another. To those seeking the one, to those who possess the other, they give the same delights and the same anguish. There is as much parity and grandeur in the words of the philosophers as in the Word of the Redeemer." (Albert Lantoine, as quoted by Vicomte Leon de Poncins, Freemasonry and the Vatican, p. 11)
Welch points out the problem results not only from a loss of faith in God but also in man. As he puts it: "And putting that matter bluntly at once, the reason is simply loss of faith. Not just loss of faith in God and all His works but loss of faith in man and his works too, in his reasons for existence, in his purposes, and in his hopes." (The Blue Book, p. 47) But don't think that Welch is describing the same God Christianity worships. Welch clarifies this:
Let all of us thank whatever God we severally worship (the Masonic Great Architect of the Universe perhaps -- N.B.) that there is so large a remnant of the really true believers still left. We (who is we? People like 33rd Degree Albert Lantoine and 32nd Degree Bob Love perhaps -- N.B.) honor them. We need (to use for what purpose? -- N.B.) their steadying adherence to the rock of reverence, and their aspiration of unwavering obedience to ancient and Divine Commandments (observe he does not say which ancient and Divine Commandments). (The Blue Book, p. 47)
Welch tells you what he is. His diabolical genius resides in the fact that he said it all nearly twenty years ago without his words being taken at face value. Read The Blue Book carefully and you will discover that he believes (like Albert Pike) man, by giving free rein to his noblest aspirations (or his "upward reach" as he puts it) is sufficient to save humanity. As 33rd Degree Mason Oswald Wirth explained it:
The object of the ancient mysteries was to make men like unto gods. The mystery took on more of the divine nature as it rose morally and intellectually further beyond the level of common humanity. The programme of Initiation has not changed even in our own day: the modern Mason, too, also becomes more divine, but he realizes that he can only become so if he works divinely, that is, by completing the unfulfilled task of creation. Raised above the level of man's animal nature, the Builder, by carrying out the divine plan, himself became a god, in the ancient sense of the word. (O. Wirth, Le Livre du Compagnon, p. 74 - as quoted by Vicomte Leon de Poncins, Freemasonry and the Vatican, p. 88)
In the beginning of this pamphlet you may remember the quote form 1984 where Winston asked O'Brien: "Does the Brotherhood exist?" To which we respond: "Yes, Winston, there is a Brotherhood." It is Freemasonry. Its ancient Commandments are as old as Christianity itself. Freemasonry conceives of God as the deity immanent in nature (so does Welch -- the leader of The Belmont Brotherhood) and it is in this life force or energy that it deifies, venerates and worships under the name The Great Architect of the Universe. This is the only "God" of Freemasonry. This is the only "God" of Welch (see pages 140-144 of The Blue Book). And those, who with Spencer (Welch's favorite philosopher by the way, see Blue Book, p. 51) and other naturalist philosophers of the age call the hidden all-powerful principle working in nature, God, are acknowledged by the craft as Freemasons, whether or not they have been formally initiated into the institution. A Mason then is one who (like Welch and Pike) believes this life energy in nature, in the totality of its various qualities, is the Divine nature or the true God, though he never may have been initiated into the Order itself.
Fantastic? Of course it's fantastic. But everything we are talking about is fantastic. We are living in fantastic times and a fantastic situation. Or as Welch said in The Blue Book (p. 96): "We are in circumstances where it is realistic to be fantastic."

So let's be realistic here. The reason why Welch said "So What?" is because he is on the side of Freemasonry. No other explanation is possible. To try to explain away these passages in The Blue Book and Welch's nebulous position on Freemasonry is like insisting the earth is flat. But, unfortunately for Welch, we know that it is not.

You may object: 'Look at all the great things Welch has done - he has exposed the Illuminati.' Baloney. The Illuminati was merely a branch of the Conspiracy. How can one attack the Illuminati without attacking the diabolical power behind it: organized Freemasonry? Welch has provided the most valuable service of all time to the Conspiracy. He founded an organization to neutralize millions of Americans from discovering what the true power behind the Illuminati really was. And we concede the Mason's chose an extremely clever man to do the job. Welch, with the help of the Belmont Brotherhood, plays his role very effectively.

This author and countless other former Birchers and Staff members will be smeared for bringing these facts to life. But that no longer matters to us, for our enemy is Belmont, and we do not intend to lose sight of that fact for a minute. We are fighting the Masonic Belmont Brotherhood -- nobody else. Being fully aware of the imminence and horror of the danger we face from that source, we have no intention of being distracted by the carping of our friends, or of those who should be our friends and we hope will be our friends in time. For if we do there is entirely too much likelihood -- as we have already said elsewhere many times -- that in a few short years we shall all be hanging from the same lamp posts, while MASONIC TERROR reigns around us.

Our greatest problem, however, has been neither the lies of Belmont nor its subsequent recriminations. It has been the difficulty of getting the average Bircher to sit up and take an honest look at what is really happening. Contributing most to that difficulty are three factors. First is the apathy of the Birchers, induced by the incessant cackling of the Belmont chorus: "There is nobody here but us conservatives." Second is the vested interest in error, now held by so many thousands of Birchers (though it is, thank God, rapidly decreasing due mainly to the activities of The Belmont Brotherhood). They have accepted and believed so much Belmont propaganda in the past that they must now defend it as their own. Third is a circumstance which, unlike the other two, has not been created by The Belmont Brotherhood itself. But it has long been depended on by the Brotherhood, and is still depended on by them, as one of the greatest forces working in their favor. This is the fact that the fundamentally decent Bircher simply refuses to grasp the kind of enemy with which he now has to deal.

It is our hope that this small preview of what is to come will serve to give any interested individual a clear understanding of what we are trying to do and why it must be done, in this project for which we are now receiving so much help and encouragement from all parts of the country.

Sincerely,

Nicholas J. Bove, Jr.

Chairman, The GET US OUT! (of the JBS) Committee
P.O. Box 6167
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55406

http://watch.pair.com/belmont.html

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

THE RHODES ~ MILNER ROUND TABLE


While researching the origins of the Religious Right for this series, we came across an obscure but significant passage in an obscure but highly significant document titled "The Belmont Brotherhood". This report is an expose of the John Birch Society, whose founding members were discovered to be, in the main, high-ranking Freemasons and members of other subversive organizations. The authors intended to develop the Belmont report into a book, but did not do so for reasons that remain unknown but should become apparent to the reader upon discovery of the various connections of the JBS founders.

Since the John Birch Society successfully laid the foundation for the exploitation of Christians through the ultra-conservative movement, the Belmont Brotherhood is must reading for every Christian: http://watch-unto-prayer.org/belmont.html

The passage which intrigued us is found under section #5 -- a profile of former JBS National Councilman, J. Nelson Shepherd, who belonged to the very elite Newcomen Society. This mysterious society was to be exposed by authors of The Belmont Brotherhood in their book which never materialized, and there is scant information available elsewhere. The president of the Newcomen Society for some length of time was Charles Penrose, Jr. who was also a member of two high-level, subversive and one-world societies in the U.S. known as the Pilgrim Society and the English-Speaking Union.

We have already posted two reports by Eric Samuelson about these societies, which have their origins in the Cecil Rhodes-Milner Round Table Group of Great Britain, which purpose was to reestablish the British Commonwealth of Nations and, ultimately, to bring the world under the domination of a restored British Empire.

What Cecil Rhodes and Alfred Milner had in mind was the formation of a master/slave society based upon the principles of eugenics as derived from Plato's Republic. Malthusian Eugenics is the philosophy of depopulation through the reduction of inferior races --"human weeds"-- and the selective breeding of "a race of thoroughbreds" as described early in this century by Rockefeller-funded, Planned Parenthood founder, Margaret Sanger. When Thomas Malthus' theory of population was later coupled with Charles Darwin's evolutionary model, the result was known as Social Darwinism.

The combination of Malthusian population control, which included the deliberate neglect of populations and indirect methods of killing off population, with Darwinism, produced National Socialism (Germany), International Socialism (Marxist Russia) and International Corporate Capitalism (Global Socialism, headquartered in the United States), and these forms of social conduct have constituted the main reason for the unequal distribution of planetary resources, famines, planned biological warefare, environmental poisoning, suppression of knowledge, suppression of inventions, dependence on backward technology for the population, planned wars to kill off populations and general planetary disorder.

The problem is in the Social Darwin-Malthus paradigm, which has now been combined with the pseudo-sciences of behaviorism and genetics in the attempt to assert even tighter control over the planetary population, yielding forms of Neo-Darwinism being perpetrated by a host of post-Atlantean re-treads, per a 1947 Princeton consensus.

Malthusian eugenics has long captivated the imaginations of the very elite who control the world's wealth and power structures. Nearly two centuries of applied principles of Social Darwinism have positioned the world whereby the empowered elite classes may govern the slave race they create to labor under their monopolist capitalist rule. Since the Orders of Freemasonry largely comprise the ruling elite which owns the transnational corporations, a Masonic history of The Round Table is instructive:

Throughout most the ninetieth century, French Freemasonry, and not English Freemasonry, was the dominant revolutionary force in the Old World - offering the lower and middle classes a voice in government. Since its beginning in 1717, the British Brotherhood was aristocratic, capitalist, and monopolistic.

When French Grand Orient Freemasonry sent a German-born Mason, Karl Marx (1818 - 1883) to England to agitate the lower classes to rebel against the British aristocracy, the British aristocracy became concerned. To counter the increasingly influential ideology of French Freemasonry, in 1870 a select group of English Masonry devised a plan which would both satisfy the proletariat and keep the Masonic oligarchy in power. The scheme was introduced at Oxford, by Freemason John Ruskin.

Ruskin's inspiration and devotion to the creation of an elite of race patriots derived directly from Plato's Republic. In the Republic, Plato called for "a ruling class with a powerful army to keep it in power and a society completely subordinate to the monolithic authority of the rulers." Ruskin sent out to recoup and extend the influence of British Masonry. He wanted to do this by education of the working man. His views on the ruling class as developed from Plato's Republic, sent shock waves through Oxford.

"[You, the undergraduates are] the possessors of a magnificent tradition of education, beauty, rule of law, freedom, decency and self-discipline but... this tradition [can] not be saved, and does not deserve to be saved, unless it can be extended to the lower classes in England itself and to the non-English masses throughout the world. If this precious tradition is not extended to these two great majorities, the minority of upper-class Englishmen will ultimately be submerged by these majorities and the tradition lost. To prevent this, the tradition must be extended to the masses and to the empire."


Ruskin's rationale for proclaiming such ideas was to plant in the fertile minds of his Oxford students the theory that if they educated the working man and elevated him to the middle class, he would labor in behalf of the aristocracy to perpetuate the tradition of the upper-class Englishmen - which tradition was to control the finances of nations through ground rent, banking and trade.

Ruskin taught that it was the essential duty of the aristocracy to guarantee an education for the poor so that an expanded middle class would rule the country. This arrangement would be a type of legal slavery whereby both classes would benefit. Through the power of finance, the ruling class would maintain control from behind the scenes, while the working class would have opportunity to share in the common wealth made available through loans.

Ruskin successfully transmitted his vision to his students at Oxford. They in turn became the Masonic movers and shakers in the new politics and economics that today govern the seven industrial nations of the world - the United States, Canada, England, Germany, France, Italy, and Japan.

A wealthy young man, Cecil Rhodes, like John Ruskin believed that only the British elite could and should rule the world to the benefit and happiness of mankind. Shortly after arriving at Oxford, Rhodes was initiated into Freemasonry at the Apollo University lodge No. 357. On April 17, 1877, he was raised a Master Mason in the same lodge. Rhodes also joined a Scottish Rite Lodge at Oxford called Prince Rose Croix Lodge No. 30.

What sort of character was Cecil Rhodes? Rhodes was a critic of English Freemasonry - of its impotence and incompetence in advancing British race interest. After being raised to Master Mason on April 17, 1877, Rhodes drafted a program for world dominion by the British race patriots. To guarantee the funding from his vast wealth of his world vision for the British empire, Rhodes wrote in 1877 the first of seven wills that he composed over his lifetime. The first will called for the formation of a "secret society" whose primary function would be focused on returning England to her former glory. He viewed English Freemasonry and its conspiracy as impotent and in effect defunct in this regard. Ironically, when the society Rhodes had envisioned was finally organized after his death, its membership consisted only of English Freemasons. "The Round Table," as it was known, soon became the most powerful appendage of the British Brotherhood.

In his third will Rhodes left his entire estate to Freemason Lord Nathan Rothschild as trustee. Rhodes stipulated that his gigantic fortune be used by his disciples to carry out the program he envisioned. Rothschild appointed Freemason Alfred Milner to head up the Secret society for which Rhodes's first will made provision. Lord Milner once remarked of himself, "My patriotism knows no geographical but only racial limits. I am a British Race patriot."

Upon his appointment by Rothschild to chair Rhodes's secret society, Milner recruited a group of young men from Oxford and Tonybee Hall to assist him in organizing his administration of the new society. All were respected English Freemasons. Among them were Rudyard Kipling, Arthur Balfour, Lord Rothschild, and some Oxford College graduates known as "Milner's Kindergarten."

In 1909, Milner's Kindergarten, with some other English Masons, founded the Round Table. The grandfather of all modern British Masonic "think tanks" was born.

Three powerful think tank offshoots of the Round Table are (1) the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), organized in 1919 in London; (2) the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), organized in 1921 in New York City; and (3) the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR), organized in 1925 or the twelve countries holding territory in what today we call the Pacific Rim.

The initial assignment of the Round Table was not necessarily to destroy the political experiments of French Freemasonry, such as socialism and communism, but to cooperate with them for the advancement of the English Masonic conspiracy.

Some seven years before the organization of the Round Table, of which H.G. Wells would be a founding member, Wells explained the strategy by which aristocratic English Freemasonry would reach its goal of world dominion. He called it an "Open Conspiracy" as opposed to French Freemasonry's closed or secret conspiracy.

"The Open Conspiracy will appear first, I believe, as a conscious organization of intelligent and quite possibly in some cases wealthy men, as a movement having distinct social and political aims . . ."

H.G. Wells, previously a member of the socialist Fabian Society of England, was, according to the MacKenzies' history of The Fabians, "branching out into speculations about a new social order..."

An elite group of Twelve Wise Men, which included [Bertrand] Russell and Wells, were selected as the "Co-Efficients" who met to discuss and formulate, "Ideas about racial improvement by selecting out the efficient...and [George Bernard] Shaw was working on these 'eugenic' notions in his new play Man and Superman. [Fabian and Co-Efficients co-founder] Beatrice Webb called it 'the most important of all questions, the breeding of the right sort of man...'

"Above all they were avowed elitists, intolerant of the cumbersome and apparently wasteful processes of democracy, who wanted to see England ruled by a superior caste which matched an enlightened sense of duty with a competence to govern effectively. All of them, moreover, shared Sidney [Webb]'s belief -- which had led him to spend so much effort on London education and on the School of Economics -- that social improvement depended upon the training of the superior manpower needed to carry out schemes of reform.

Shaw was suggesting in his latest play that universal suffrage was a disaster, putting power in the hands of the 'riff-raff' and... Webb who could not wait until a new race of supermen had been bred up to establish the millennium, felt that improved education and intelligent politics would at least start the necessary process of regeneration." (Mackenzie, The Fabians, pp. 283, 290-1)

The American Round Table



The existence of an American Round Table was disclosed in The Anglo-American Establishment by Carroll Quigley, a professor (now deceased) in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University and the mentor of President Bill Clinton:

In the middle of 1890s Rhodes had a personal income of at least a million pounds sterling a year (then about $5,000,000) which was spent so freely for his mysterious purposes that he was usually overdrawn on his account. ...These purposes centered on his desire to federate the English-speaking peoples and to bring all the habitable portions of the world under their control.

For this purpose Rhodes left part of his great fortune to found the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford...The power and influence of the Rhodes-Milner group in British imperial affairs and in foreign policy since 1889, although not widely recognized, can hardly be exaggerated...The American branch of this English Establishment extended much of its influence through five American newspapers (The New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, Christian Science Monitor, The Washington Post, and the lamented Boston Evening Transcript).

Early members of the American Round Table resemble a partial listing of Who's Who in the Elite. The following names were supplied by Eric Samuelson: "Those identified as American Round Table members by Quigley are just a handful. Road Show 1 lists Morgan, Rockefeller and Carnegie. Also Col. House, Paul Warburg and Benjamin Strong. Princeton's Institute for Advanced Study was research and development project center in U.S. Other American Round Table members: Thomas W. Lamont (J.P. Morgan), George Louis Beer, Walter Lippmann, Frank Aydelotte, Whitney Shepardson and Jerome D. Greene."
Ron Chernow describes the Anglophile nature of the House of Morgan and the Wall Street establishment: "From its inception, the House of Morgan had been Anglo-American in spirit and character. The Great War, in particular, fused the London and New York banks in a belief in Anglo-American responsibility for peace and prosperity. Morgan partners subscribed to an idea expressed by Walter Lippman in 1915 that U.S. foreign policy would experience a 'crowning disaster' if uninformed by a 'vision of the Anglo-American future.' (The House of Morgan, p. 430)

Putting into practice the principles of Social Darwinism, "for peace and prosperity," the chairman of J.P. Morgan and Company, Thomas Lamont, secured a $100 million loan in 1926 for Mussolini, whose success as fascist dictator of Italy and aggression against Ethiopia would inspire Adolf Hitler. Although American statesmen deplore the genocide of the past, Secetary of Defense, William Cohen, who conducts the current war against Yugoslavia with Great Britain, is also chair of the George Louis Beer Prize, named for the U.S. point man for the Cecil Rhodes Round Table from 1915-18.

The Beer profile identifies yet another member of the American Round Table, who in 1953 subverted a Special Committee to Investigate Tax-Exempt Foundations chaired by Congressman Carroll Reece of Tennessee. According to a series of articles in the Chicago Tribune in 1951, there was a time, prior to the Cold War, when a measure of concern was growing over the shadow cast upon the American government by the British Rhodes-Milner Round Table. The following several excerpts from the Chicago Tribune were cited in an anonymously authored book, The Union Jack:

Why is it so easy for Americans to be confused about the source of Communism? And why can Americans not believe that the British Empire is more powerful today than ever in history? Do they think that Rhodes Scholar internationalists who have key positions in United States institutions and government are made in Russia? Certainly they come from Oxford, England. In the year 1951 there were some interesting articles printed by the Chicago Tribune on Rhodes Scholars.

The Tribune of course would not do so again nor would any big newspaper. Instead they have all been assigned the job of playing down the importance and strength of the British Empire.
In the July 15, 1951 article in the Tribune entitled "Rhodes Ideals Slant State Dept. Policies," subtitled "Key Posts Held by Oxford Scholars," by William Fulton, we quote:
"New York, July 15 - Key positions in the United States department of state are held by a network of American Rhodes scholars. Rhodes scholars are men who obtained supplemental education and indoctrination at Oxford University in England with the bills paid by the estate of Cecil John Rhodes, British empire builder. Rhodes wrote about his ambition to cause 'the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British empire.' The late diamond and gold mining tycoon aimed at a world federation dominated by Anglo-Saxons. His intimates have admitted the scholarships were established for the primary purpose of instilling 'political Bias' rather than providing education." End quote.

Then on July 16, 1951, under the title "Rhodes' Ideas Find Fertile Ground in U. N." subtitled " 'Scholars' Advance British Schemes," by William Fulton, we quote:
"New York, July 16 - American Rhodes scholars, men who have received education and indoctrination at Oxford University, England,- are prominent in the affairs of the United Nations. The U.N. is an outgrowth of schemes developed by the scholars' patron, Cecil Rhodes, the British empire builder. Rhodes dreamed of an Anglo-Saxon federation with the British dominating, an organization powerful enough to police the world and preserve the peace. In his writings the diamond despot of South Africa showed he hoped the scholarships would promote his grandiose idea. Thirty-two American collegians go to Oxford each year under terms of Rhodes' will." End quote.
On July 17, 1951, under the title "Scholars Help British Cash In On U.S. Billions," subtitled "Rhodes Men Hold Key Dole Jobs," by William Fulton, we quote:
"New York, July 17-'Diamonds are a girl's best friend,' the popular song goes, and diamonds also are a Rhodes scholar's best friend. Approximately 1,400 Americans have gone to Oxford University, England, since 1904 with the way paid from the estate of Cecil Rhodes, diamond magnate and British empire builder. Today numerous Rhodes scholars are in a position to repay their educational benefactor in dollars for the sparklers dug up in their behalf from the diamond lands seized by the British in South Africa during the last century.
"Rhodes scholars dominate the United States department of state, which directs the doling out of billions in foreign aid, with the United Kingdom getting the major share. The savants also hold down important positions in the economic cooperation administration, mutual defense assistance program, and other foreign handout setups. This is all in keeping with Rhodes' overweening ambitions for a world federation dominated by Anglo-Saxons for the purpose of enforcing peace and the status quo.

He also aimed at 'the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire.' With the Oxford-indoctrinated Rhodes scholars holding key positions in the Washington administration, Britain obtained 31 billion dollars from Uncle Sam in the form of 'lend lease' outlays during the war. That was followed by the 3.75 billion dollar 'gift loan' to Britain in 1946.

During the first three years of the Marshall plan ECA largesse, the United Kingdom received 2 billion 706 million dollars, by far the largest allotment. A bill providing 8% billion dollars for the military and economic aid program abroad is pending before congress." End quote.

On July 19, 1951, in the Tribune under the title "Rhodes' Wards Hawk Global Scheme In U.S.," subtitled "Peddle Propaganda for 'One World," by William Fulton, we quote:
"New York, July l9 - Rhodes scholars, returning from schooling and indoctrination at Oxford university, England, are the principal hawkers of globalist propaganda in the United States. The American scholars obtain their education abroad through terms of the will left by the late Cecil Rhodes, British empire builder and South African despot. Rhodes aimed at the return of the United States to the British empire and a world federation dominated by Anglo-Saxons. He hoped his scholars would be instilled with 'political bias' toward these ends, according to his intimate friends.

"Previous articles in this series have disclosed that many of the 1,185 living American Rhodes scholars have obtained key positions in the state department, the United Nations, the economic cooperation administration, the mutual defense assistance program, and other government agencies where they have worked toward fulfillment of the schemes of their imperial patron." End quote.

On July 20, 1951, under the title "Rhodes' Wards Head Global Foundations," subtitled "Dole Out Cash for One Worlders," by William Fulton, we quote:

"New York, July 20 - American Rhodes scholars, who are spoon-fed doses of internationalism a la mode British imperialism at Oxford University, England, are prominent back home in the affairs of the big foundations doling out funds toward globalist schemes and one world propaganda. Higher echelon offices in Carnegie, Rockefeller and other privately-endowed foundations are held by Rhodes scholars. This is in keeping with the aims of the late Cecil Rhodes, British empire builder. He left his fortune for the conversion of scholars who would promote his dream of an Anglo-Saxon federation to dominate the world. In this way Rhodes hoped to return the United States to the empire.
"So far the Rhodes will has underwritten the education and indoctrination of 1,400 Americans at the English university since 1904. The annual output is 32. They have fastened onto key positions in the state department and other governmental agencies, just as Rhodes hoped it would happen.
Funds Further U.N.
"Both-the Carnegie and Rockefeller institutions have contributed heavily toward 'international' studies to further the United Nations and other supra-governmental plans designed at chipping away American sovereignty. They have also financed organizations and students which according to congressional sources, smack of communism, in itself a form of internationalism.
"The foundations have been the big moneybags for globalist propaganda through the Woodrow Wilson Foundation, World Peace Foundation, Foreign Policy Association, Council on Foreign Relations, and Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Former president for the last-named, it will be recalled, was Alger Hiss, the state department adviser for Roosevelt at the Yalta conference. Hiss is now serving sentence in a federal prison for perjury involving war time espionage for the Russians.
"Two Carnegie top executives are Rhodes scholars. They are Whitney H. Shepardson, director of the Carnegie Corporation British and Colonies fund, and O. C. Carmichael, president of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching." End quote.

On July 21, 1951, under the title "Rhodes Grads Influential In Eastern Press," subtitled "Aid British, Global Propaganda," by William Fulton, we quote:

"New York, July 21 The picture of the American Rhodes scholars network in the United States - a rabid movement toward internationalism - is completed and glued together by their numbers in the field of molding public opinion. They are highly influential in the eastern press, magazines and radio chains.
"Rhodes scholars in this country represent 32 campus leaders carefully selected each year to go to Oxford University, England, for supplemental schooling. Their patron, the late Cecil Rhodes, British empire builder and diamond tycoon, aimed at instilling in his protégés 'political bias' rather than education, according to his intimates.
"This bias, as revealed by the Rhodes seven wills and writings, was to recover the United States for the British empire in the form of an Anglo-Saxon federation. The federation would be powerful enough to dominate the world and enforce the 'peace.'
"Time Follows Rhodes' Line
"Closely following the Rhodes' line of propaganda is the Time, Inc., magazine group headed by Henry Luce. Luce was not a Rhodes scholar but he did spend a year at Oxford where he sponged up some of the imperialistic doctrines carried later in his magazines. Several of his top brass editors have been Rhodes Scholars.
"From the start Luce followed the Anglophile trail, whooping it up for American intervention in war when the British were in trouble and damning pro-Americans as 'isolationists.' He is a charter member of the 'Eisenhower-for-President' cult, favors entrapment of Republicans by Truman's so-called bipartisan foreign policy, and the Marshall plan, which has paid off his magazines.
"In addition to pushing the British concept of policing the world with American soldiers and economic aid, the Luce publications have been infiltrated by another form of globalism. Whittaker Chambers, devotee of world communism and confessed courier for a soviet spy ring, was a senior editor ($30,000 a year) for Time magazine. Chambers informed on Alger Hiss, Roosevelt adviser at Yalta. Hiss is now in a federal penitentiary for perjury in a case involving soviet espionage.
"Rhodes Men on N. Y. Times
"The New York Times, which has been pro-British since the first World war, also has its share of Rhodes scholars on the staff. An interesting footnote in journalistic history is that at the time Rhodes' final will was published in 1902, the New York Times condemned the idea of American scholarships.
"'Why should an American youth go to Oxford when he can get a better education at home in respect of those attainments which chiefly make for national greatness?' inquired the Times in 1902." End quote.

It is characteristic of those who take power by conquest rather than honest means, to seek first to contain and control their opposition. Wordworth called it, "The simple plan, That they should take who have the power, And they should keep who can." Lest Americans begin to suspect the infiltration and gradual takeover of their government by the subculture of international Freemasonry, another enemy was created. The Union Jack identifies their technique of diverting suspicion from British Communism, courtesy of the Freemasons, by leading a crusade against Soviet Communism -- which, having served its purpose, is now defunct:

Can anyone deny the widespread influence, or should we say control, by Rhodes scholars over America? This is in truth the "iron curtain over America" that is undermining American sovereignty. Do the paid patriots inform us about British Communism via Rhodes Scholars?

Do the "patriots" tell Americans about Masonic Communism? Do they think that Masonry was made in Moscow? Certainly not! It was made in England and every Masonic politician and federal judge in America has given allegiance to Masonry over the United States Constitution. They cannot be Americans and true to the global scheme of Masonry at the same time. Why is this so difficult to understand? The big red five pointed star that rules over Russia and China was made in England and still gives allegiance to the same.

Do the "anti-Communists" know this, or are they Masons too?
Russia is a menace to be sure, but the British Empire originated the Russian system of Communism to exploit the world as a front for British Imperialism while they use religion from the churches to set up their scheme as a divine kingdom. Confusion comes from everywhere but always the "poor" British Empire continues to crumble, so says the propaganda...
...Is it not logical and reasonable to see that anyone promoting such a gigantic movement as Communism is presumed to be, would also be wicked enough to take precautions for controlling any opposition that might arise? They could not hope for success if they did not. So, as Marx and Engels were commissioned to launch social and political Communism from London, it was London also where pretended anti-communism or Spiritual Communism originated for world consumption.

Karl Marx, the founder of international Communism, was born in Trier, Germany in 1818. At the University of Bonn and Berlin, he studied law, history, Hegelian philsophy, and Feuerbach's materialism. There he edited a radical newspaper which was suppressed, causing his removal to Paris in 1843 and Brussels in 1845. With Frederic Engels as his closest collaborator and disciple, Marx reorganized the Communist League, which met in London in 1847. In 1848 he finalized the Communist Manifesto and was expelled from Brussels subsequent to the failed revolution in Germany which he helped to foment with the Communist League. In 1849, Marx settled in London, where he studied economics and wrote the first volume of his major work, Das Kapital (1867), with volumes II and III following in 1884 and 1894. He died in 1888 and was buried in Highgate Cemetery, London.

Karl Marx was the leading figure in the First (Communist) International from 1864 until its demise in 1872. Lady Queenborough noted in Occult Theocrasy, Chapter LXXXV, that the red flag was that of the First International, a Masonic movement:

In 1862, the First International came into being and the part played in it by such Freemasons as Karl Marx, Tolain, Fribourg, Varlin, Camelinat, Beslay, Malon and Corbon is well known... Karl Marx, [was] later to be the moving spirit of the First International... destined ultimately to form the keystone of subversion throughout the world.
"...on the 5th August [1862], all the delegates met at a dinner given to them by their English colleagues at Freemason's Hall, where an address was read which formed, as it were, the foundation-stone of the International..." Mazzini and Marx were entrusted with the task of preparing the address and the constitution... A temple worthy of their cult was sought and found... near Geneva, where... a fine building, the Masonic Temple -- Temple Unique... was procured. ...the scheme of the association having been settled in London in 1864...
The International now hid itself amidst the multitude of working men's societies of all descriptions that were either authorized or at least tolerated, and made enormous progress so that its chiefs at last declared themselves able to do without any extraneous support. 'The International', said one of the speakers at the Bâle Congress (1869), 'is and must be a state within states; let these go on as suits them until our state is the strongest. Then, on the ruins of these, we shall erect our own fully prepared, such as it exists in every section...The Commune installed at Lyons began its work by raising the red flag - that of the International."

The question was posed in The Union Jack: Do "anti-Communists" know - that Communism was created in England and not Russia - or are they Masons too? The answer is partially found in the scandalous profiles of John Birch Society founders, as presented in The Belmont Brotherhood. The authors of this report also identify for the reader the very sophisticated dynamic of using the anti-communism crusade as a means of controlling opposition to international communism. And with extraordinary insight the author of The Union Jack: Political Messianism & the Right Wing explains the psycho-political warfare involved in the Religious Right's war against the Christian Church and the United States Government (if the reader can overlook the author's amillennial eschatology and bias against Fundamental Christianity).
Our focus on the Religious Right continues in a series of reports on the John Birch Society, its extension, the Council for National Policy and the British-Israel Conspiracy.

http://watch.pair.com/roundtable.html


Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

Lord Alfred Milner (1854-1925), having already enjoyed a successful career as a colonial administrator, was brought into David Lloyd George's War Cabinet as Minister of War in the final seven months of the war.

A leading imperialist, Milner was born on 23 March 1854 in Hesse-Darmstadt in Germany of British and German ancestry. A notable student at Oxford he was elected a fellow of New College in 1872. He briefly turned to practicing law in 1881 but soon chose instead a career in journalism, writing for the Pall Mall Gazette.

In spite of his pronounced imperialistic views Milner stood as a Liberal candidate for Parliament in 1885 - unsuccessfully - before taking up a position as private secretary to the then-Chancellor, George Goschen.

His fame and career was however carved in colonial appointments abroad, first in Egypt from 1889-92, from which he emerged to write England and Egypt. After five years as chairman of the Inland Revenue (during the course of which he was knighted, in 1895) he was appointed High Commissioner in south Africa and Governor of the Cape Colony in 1897.

As High Commissioner Milner played a prominent role in bringing about war between Britain and the Boers, taking a high hand in dealings with the Orange Free State and the Transvaal.

Refusing to compromise on demands permitting British residents in the Transvaal full citizenship rights after five years' residence (among other issues), Milner's intransigence eventually led to a declaration of war from the two Boer republics on 11 October 1899 who viewed Milner's - and Britain's - interests with deep suspicion.

British success followed by annexation of both former Boer republics in 1901 brought Milner a new post as Britain's administrator for the Orange Free State and the Transvaal, although he continued in his role as High Commissioner, negotiating the Peace of Vereeniging with Lord Kitchener of 31 May 1902. Ultimate success in South Africa brought Milner rewards: he was made a baron in 1901 and a viscount in 1902.

Tasked with the post-war settlement and regeneration of South Africa, Milner brought with him to South Africa his celebrated 'kindergarten', a group of ambitious young administrators whose careers throve both in South Africa and in later life (and included the young author John Buchan). When brought into Lloyd George's War Cabinet during World War One Milner brought back a number of these administrators to serve among his staff.

Milner's approach to the administration of the new South Africa continued to be divisive however. His insistence that education be conducted solely in English served to antagonise the Boers; even less successful (where it caused outrage at home) was his plan to draft in Chinese labour to work the South African goldmines, owing to a lack of necessary British labour.

Milner further suggested that the Transvaal be permitted only a representative government rather than granted self-rule; a recommendation that was rejected by Prime Minister Herbert Asquith.

Returning to England in 1905 he announced his intention to retire from public life, although he continued to air his decidedly right-wing views in the House of Lords, where he was an active member. In 1913 he published The Nation and the Empire.

Co-opted from private business interests into the government in 1914 to organise coal and food production, Lloyd George's appointment as Prime Minister in December 1916 led to Milner's elevation to the War Cabinet.

On 19 April 1918 he was appointed Minister of War, replacing Lord Derby. Milner - unlike Derby but in line with Lloyd George - was an enthusiastic advocate of the creation of an inter-allied wartime command, led by Ferdinand Foch.

Wary of the growing Bolshevik threat Milner came out in favour of an early peace settlement - and thereafter intervention with anti-Bolshevik forces in Russia.

With the end of the First World War Milner was appointed Colonial Secretary and attended the Paris Peace Conference. Milner's subsequent recommendation that Egypt be granted a form of independence was rejected by the Cabinet, leading to Milner's resignation in 1921.

1923 saw Milner publish Questions of the Hour. He died on 13 May 1925 in Kent aged 71.

http://www.firstworldwar.com/bio/milner.htm


Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

You can confiscate his body, but you can never take away a free mans mind, nor capture his soul for eternity.

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

It doesn't take much to round up twelve people and form a secret society. In fact that is how the Free and Clear Society started out. In secret, but in this day and age of openness and transparency as being politically correct, that idea was later abandoned.

It would be difficult for a secret society to admit it was secret because it would no longer then be a secret, would it?

The IOOF (Odd Fellows) used to be a secret society with over 3 million members at the beginning the the 20th century. The fact of its existence was not a secret, but what went on in their meetings was.

Every religion on earth has at the top of its governmental structure or organization a secret society. What goes on at the top is not known at the bottom or witnessed in the pews.

Every political group acts the same way. There are always insiders and outsiders in every organization.

There are congressional committees that operate in secret, even the Fed holds closed door sessions, and often Board meetings of the largest public corporations are held in secret.

What is lost in all this jeolosy of secrecy is the fact that secrecy prevents others from stopping what you are planning.

In any organization, there is always the "shore story", or the public relations given to outsiders.

What the truth is lies hidden, not in the minute books, or the historical records, but in the minds of the insiders who seek to promote their agendas.

Even the authors of any book on the subject of these conspiracy theories may have had their perceptions skewed by the writers of the research they have dug up, only to find that the truth does not exist.

The people who run United Airlines already know it will have to file bankruptcy, but they have to keep things delayed until such time as they have estimated the exact right time to make the announcement and actually file with the Court.

Such a bankruptcy will send huge ripples and a major sell off into the market. The market is already anticipating this with the last two trading sessions. They are waiting for the shoe to be dropped. Only the secret meetings of the Board of UAL knows the truth, that the entire balance and future of the airline industry rests with their decisions.

The bottom has not been reached. All we have is recent major short covering of trillions of shares during the past 8 weeks. Now will come the next major wave of selling because the entire airline industry is actually bankrupt and the government and the bankers do not want to lend more money to it. It needs to consolidate and cut its overhead. It is a process that has already been delayed far too long.

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

"Thou Art God!" From "Stranger in a Strange Land" by Robert Heinlein. Grok it!

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

I actually enjoyed "The Fountainhead" more than "Atlas Shrugged" The only flaw in that statement about doing only for oneself is that if one never provided a service or produced any goods for anyone but oneself, you would be dead within a month.

We can argue this point endlessly, but "selfishism" is hardly a workable philosophy". If you find any hidden agendas certainly it can no longer be hidden for the fact that you may have uncovered them.

Perhaps the only agenda left in the political world is "who will control the thoughts of humanity for the next thousand years? Will it be the money changers or the ones that have tried to throw them off the temple of earth for the past 2,000 years? Many have died many lifetimes for your sins, not just one man crucified!

The act of ommission can be as cowardly and equally consequential to oneself as an act of commission. Think about that in your framework of "never live for the sake of another man, nor ask another man to live for mine."

Penny King Holdings Corporation, a Delaware Investment Holding Company.

xx,

re: I didn't hear JBS mentioned anywhere in the searches for the articles posted here

For grins, I ran a Google search on: "John Birch Society"+propaganda. I also ran searches on the authors' names. I found the relationships within minutes, so it shouldn't take much work.

Again, good luck in your discovery.

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

Thank you for the apology but it is not needed. You are entitled to your opinion and allowed to express it passionately here. Thanks for the info! I didn't hear JBS mentioned anywhere in the searches for the articles posted here. That is interesting. Maybe you are right and the secret society hunters want to hide their own form of "collectivism" It is also hard to believe that a conspiracy like the one they are suggesting could exist in today's society. It is very hard to keep a secret now that cable news teams span the globe investigating everything you can imagine. I also believe that a mojority of the employess of the government are at the least fairly honest. This being the case, it would be very difficult to keep something like this quiet in that environment. One of the keys to a democratic government is the fact that there is always someone looking over your shoulder. I actually came upon these articles while searching the name Lord Alfred Milner. I read some other stories about his work in South Africa. These stories seem to have him portrayed as being in a group that is interested in giving the English world control. But in almost every instance, Lord Milner was at odds with Britain in regards to annexation. He seemed more interested in the local populace being self ruled. He went so far as to argue the point on several occasions at the highest levels of government to no avail. Doesn't seem like a guy that would want anything to do with such a group to me. I will search on the terms you gave me and see what comes up but as of right now, I am pretty skeptical. The first thing I looked at was Lord Milner and the actual history just doesn't seem to support these theories. I looked on the JBS website and they seem to be mostly a U.N. opposition group now. I think a lot of these U.N. worriers just don't have enough faith in the will of the American people. If the U.N. tries to enact a policy that effects the American way of life, the American people will put enough pressure on our leaders to do the right thing. In the short term it is really a moot point anyway. Pres. Bush is the one pushing the U.N. not the other way around. The U.N. can enact whatever they want to but enforcing an unpopular law in America is very hard and very costly so even if they did manage to politically manuever their way into signing a law that infringed on our basic rights, most of the people in America would just keep on doing what they wanted to anyway. I know I would.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

xx,

First, let me apologize for the tone of my last post. My problem is that I have known people affiliated with the John Birch Society and have learned (many years ago) that they are a cabal of whackos who wouldn't think twice about starting a board like this, pleading ignorance of the subject, to create a forum to launch their propoganda.

That being said, I think you need to do your own due diligence on this subject, then draw your own conclusion. Personally, I would rather have a root canal than participate in a lengthy discussion of this group (BTW, this is very different from discussing the pros and cons of an equity.)

Here's my advice to get you started. You have read their theories. Now. step back and learn something about the group. Get on the computer and do a google search on John Birch Society. Do a search on the word propoganda. Do a search on key individuals you discover in earlier searches.

Oh yes, Quigley is part of the JBS. That is a start. I'll let you do your own mission of discovery on these whackos. For me, I wouldn't touch them with someone else's 10-foot pole!

Oh, by the way, pay close attention to how they are formed and behave exactly the same way they accuse those shadowy conspirators of theirs of behaving.

Then, go back to their "theories". Keep that open mind and apply the test of solid logic as they spin their theories. That critical reading alone should raise questions. Just because you don't trust the govt. doesn't mean that they have the answers (they don't). The JBS depends on this to promote their stilted world view.

I'll leave you to your quest ....

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

It is altogether new to me. I wasn't even alive in the 60's. LOL! So is Quigley part of the Bircher group? Can you give specific reasons as to why you don't believe the theories? To me, this is sort of like stock talk. If you don't like a stock, don't just say you don't like it. Offer some specific reasons as to why you don't like it. If you have already done the DD then enlighten me. If every part of this secret society thing is false and you have specific reasons that will shed light on the falsehoods, then please do. I am aware that most conspiracy theories are simply that; theories. I am also aware that most widely publicized theories, or should I say widely followed theories, become so by enough truth or near truth to have at least a small amount of credibility. Much like the Roswell thing. Two things in that deal are quite obvious. First, something definitely crashed. Secondly, the government doesn't want the general public to know anything about it. If it was a weather balloon, then why all the secrecy? I am approaching the secret society thing as I approach everything. With an open mind. I don't want these grand government conspiracies to be true. It would be quite horrifing if they were. But I can't approach a subject with what I want at the forefront of my mind. My first impression was that it was ridiculous to think that there was such a grand conspiracy afoot. But I am certainly not going to allow that first impression to absolutly be my last impression. Just because some of it might be fabricated doesn't mean all of it is fabricated. I have noticed that there are usually two sides to everything and each side tries to paint the picture that will support their side. If the picture needs some touching up to shed a more favorable light on one side or the other, and it usually seems to, then so be it. So what I am saying is this. In any given recount of the way things happened way back when, there are usually two sides and both are not exactly true. The truth actually lies somewhere in the gray areain the middle. The underlying problem here is the credibility of the government. They have not always been altogether truthful to the public. One lie leads to a million suppositions. If they'll lie about one thing, then what can we believe? Some of the articles I posted seem to suggest that the government facilitated the attacks of Sept. 11th, 2001. They angered an enemy then made it easy for the enemy to attack. Our government says that it was organizational problems. So it was either our government facilitated the attack or our government is inept. Either way it sucks. The FBI had the info they needed to stop the attacks. No one acted on it. Why? If the problem was ineptitude then what has been done about it? Will the new Homeland Security dept. ensure that it won't happen again? As of right now, overall I am in the ineptitude camp. Especially considering that the idiots at the INS are still letting terrorists in the country. There is obviously some breakdown in that department. The one thing that really gets me to wondering is the FBI thing. It was widely publicized that the FBI had the info before the attacks and chose not to act on it. Then they promoted the guy who was responsible for the FBI not acting if I am not mistaken. Why? What the hell is going on there? Am I saying it is proof of a grand conspiracy? No. I am saying there is something seriously wrong there though. I find the notion of the FBI being inept about as ridiculous as the conspiracy theories themselves.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

re: to find the few kernels of truth that actually exist

Good luck! You are coming at this subject as though the rantings of the Birchers is altogether new to you. I have been aware of them and have done my DD since the early 60's. They were founded by Welch (of candy fame) in 1958. I hope you are not misleading the board by claiming to be a neophyte to these views when you are not. I will give you the benefit of doubt and take your claim at face value.

My last comment on the propoganda of the Birchers:

A month ago, I had a boil on my bum. I am convinced that there was a vast conspiracy to force Fruit of the Loom to add material to their skivvies which causes boils. The agitations of the Birchers makes as much sense.

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

One of the best authorities on the Fabian Society is Carroll Quigley, who wrote the book, Tragedy and Hope.

This is the part that interests me. I intend to buy the book and see what the hub bub is all about. A lot of the conspiracies seem to be based in part on this work by Quigley. The secret society thing is what I am interested in mostly. I have heard of such things before but have never researched the subject. Since one of the supposed founders of the Round Table was Lord Alfred Milner and I have the same last name, it peaked my interest. Once I started looking into it, I saw there was a lot of info out there and that I would have to weed through a lot of BS to find the few kernels of truth that actually exist. After all, a secret society is by nature secret. If there was a ton of factual info out there, it wouldn't be very much of a secret. Anyway, I figure I'll post everything I find here and read it all at my leisure, hopefully getting a better understanding of whether or not these societies exist. Doing so would be easier with an entire community such as Ihub chiming in. I guess you could say I am starting a "public society" dedicated to uncovering the truth of the secret societies.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

Thanks Tim!

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

One thing is certain though. The federal reserve does create money out of thin air. World debt is totally out of control and it is in a way a form of economic slavery. I have also noticed that America seems to have some sort of conflict every so often and it always seems to shore up patriotism among the general population. While it is a dangerous world and conflicts are bound to arise, it is a bit curious that when patriotism is at a low, a conflict always seems to come along to shore it up. A vast conspiracy? Maybe not. But a curious coincidence nonetheless and something worth exploring. I have also followed with interest some of the new laws that are being enacted to protect the security of the American people but seem to be taking away some of our cival liberties. I would ask the question, if all our cival liberties are taken away, what is there left to protect? These types of issues should also be discussed. I will only be able to add to this board in my spare time but I will try to post some of the most debated new cival defense laws soon. Also some interesting stuff on the U.N.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

Josh, you may find a few good ones to add here-

http://www.investorshub.com/boards/board.asp?board_id=1209

I would caution you to examine these theories with very close scrutiny.

That is the entire point of this board. To examine the theories presented in these types of articles and debate their findings and opinions. Do you think the "Round Table" actually exists? How about secret societies in general? Wheter or not everything stated in the articles is true, is there any truth whatsoever therein? I would also like to hear from any Roswell junkies. I saw a Sci-fi channel special recently and it was pretty good. It suggested a lot but didn't really prove anything though. It is interesting that the Roswell debate has lasted as long as it has though.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

TALKIN' JOHN BIRCH PARANOID BLUES

Words and Music by Bob Dylan
1970, 1973 Special Rider Music

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Well, I was feelin' sad and feelin' blue,
I didn't know what in the world I was gonna do,
Them Communists they wus comin' around,
They wus in the air,
They wus on the ground.
They wouldn't gimme no peace. . .

So I run down most hurriedly
And joined up with the John Birch Society,
I got me a secret membership card
And started off a-walkin' down the road.
Yee-hoo, I'm a real John Bircher now!
Look out you Commies!

Now we all agree with Hitlers' views,
Although he killed six million Jews.
It don't matter too much that he was a Fascist,
At least you can't say he was a Communist!
That's to say like if you got a cold you take a shot of malaria.

Well, I wus lookin' everywhere for them gol-darned Reds.
I got up in the mornin' 'n' looked under my bed,
Looked in the sink, behind the door,
Looked in the glove compartment of my car.
Couldn't find 'em . . .

I wus lookin' high an' low for them Reds everywhere,
I wus lookin' in the sink an' underneath the chair.
I looked way up my chimney hole,
I even looked deep inside my toilet bowl.
They got away . . .

Well, I wus sittin' home alone an' started to sweat,
Figured they wus in my T.V. set.
Peeked behind the picture frame,
Got a shock from my feet, hittin' right up in the brain.
Them Reds caused it!
I know they did . . . them hard-core ones.

Well, I quit my job so I could work alone,
Then I changed my name to Sherlock Holmes.
Followed some clues from my detective bag
And discovered they wus red stripes on the American flag!
That ol' Betty Ross . . .

Well, I investigated all the books in the library,
Ninety percent of 'em gotta be burned away.
I investigated all the people that I knowed,
Ninety-eight percent of them gotta go.
The other two percent are fellow Birchers . . . just like me.

Now Eisenhower, he's a Russian spy,
Lincoln, Jefferson and that Roosevelt guy.
To my knowledge there's just one man
That's really a true American: George Lincoln Rockwell.
I know for a fact he hates Commies cus he picketed the movie Exodus.

Well, I fin'ly started thinkin' straight
When I run outa things to investigate.
Couldn't imagine doin' anything else,
So now I'm sittin' home investigatin' myself!
Hope I don't find out anything . . . hmm, great God!

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

xx,

I have read each post you made. In fact, I had read several of them before.

If, as you state in the iBox:

. As a disclaimer I should state that I have no direct knowledge of anything posted on this board and do not endorse any of the theories contained herein

I would caution you to examine these theories with very close scrutiny. Reread them and examine the assumptions which underlie each of their conclusions. Follow the logic (or lack thereof) with which the authors weave a thin cloth that does not withstand proper logical scrutiny.

These are the rantings of the John Birch Society. It has been going on for generations now. The only thought that such missives provoke for me is: "What is their hidden agenda?"

Now that is a thread worth following.

BTW, I am a "rabid" civil libertarian and Objectivist. Just the kind of guy who these whackos would like to recruit, but I maintain:

"I swear - by my life and my love of it - that I will never live for the sake of another man, nor ask another man to live for mine." - Ayn Rand (Atlas Shrugged)

Not even them!

greg.
Intel board - #board-369
Grateful Dead board - #board-1329

British Subversion of the United States:
Who is wagging your neighbor's tongue?

The militias and Pentecostalism
http://www.larouchepub.com/other/1997/ahc.html
by Anton Chaitkin

The author requests all questions, comments or further intelligence leads be sent to Anton Chaitkin c/o larouche@larouchepub.com.

"The greatest threat from terrorism in the United States comes from people who are associated with a British Church of England-run Pentecostalist movement inside the United States. It is this apparatus which has structured the militias. Now, most people in the militia movement, or associated with it, have no part of the intentions of those who are behind it, particularly that section in the Episcopal Church, or Pat Robertson, who's part of this same movement, who are barking--authentically barking--Pentecostalists, who, with their connections with the military, deeply embedded in the military, including the ... corps of chaplains in the U.S. military, are largely controlled, presently, by outright barking Pentecostalists.... This is the ... main source of the internal threat of the potential for terrorism, and other kinds of treason inside the United States, today."

--Lyndon LaRouche, "EIR Talks," July 30, 1997.

Two years after the bombing of the Oklahoma City Federal building, a stream of lies is pouring through British-run media sewers, preparing credulous populists to view terrorism, or even civil war, as inevitable.

The grotesque joke is on the American populists. Their paramilitary militias, and Pentecostal sects, are creations of the very "Godless internationalists" they believe they are resisting. The British Empire high church apparatus seeks to reduce the American mind to that of a clown, a hypnotized "Christian" who babbles or barks like a dog; a "patriot" numbed by anti-government gossip and Armageddonism, so that he sees his own nation as his enemy.

Will these Americans provide cover, and become patsies, for criminal outrages by professional terrorists? In hopes that, instead, they will get out of the game, and turn their righteous anger against their manipulators, we offer this report on how the game is rigged.

This investigation began with a probe into the armed standoff between police and "Republic of Texas" members demanding the secession of Texas, in April 1997. This writer telephoned into the besieged compound and interviewed Richard Otto, alias "White Eagle," who said he was asking members of militias around the country to come to the site, armed for a shootout.

I checked Otto's background, and then shared my findings informally with militia members and others who might have been drawn into the provocation. Otto, it turns out, had been trained and set into motion by an Air Force officer who toured the world practicing New Age pagan rituals, in consultation with senior British intelligence drug-rock-sex gurus such as Gregory Bateson. This unappetizing profile, subsequently spread around by wary militants themselves, helped to discredit and defeat the provocation.

While Otto and his band surrendered on May 3, reports flooded into this news service of continuing, outrageous provocations. Among these was the bizarre case of an anti-government Texas demagogue with important military connections, one Jim Ammerman, whose incitements have been widely circulating among separatists and militia members.

A Pentecostal clergyman and retired Army colonel, Ammerman now controls chaplains currently serving in the U.S. Armed Forces around the world, as well as within prisons, and even in the Federal Bureau of Investigation. He claims supernatural prophetic powers, preaches the imminent end of the world, denounces the U.S. government as illegal, and says the President has deserved execution. During the April siege, Ammerman "mediated" between the Texas separatists and the FBI.

As EIR inquired further into the origins of the Ammerman operation, and how it is protected within the U.S. military, a much broader picture came into view. Described here are:

Colonel Ammerman's agent methods;
Britain's militia adventures among Ammerman's clients, and the Oklahoma City bombing; +the highest-ranking U.S. general who was captured by Pentecostal mind-benders, and who created Ammerman's anti-government agitation bureau;
how British Empire master-race theorists concocted Pentecostalism; their colonial religious experiments among blacks in the United States and Africa;
the America-hating, feudalist, high church aristocrats and globalists who pushed through "charismatic renewal"; and
the national security danger from this British-owned military, paramilitary, and religious apparatus, including such operatives as Pat Robertson.
Colonel Ammerman: treason in the Army
A videotape is circulating among the militia networks, entitled "The Imminent Military Takeover of the United States." This is a speech by the Rev. Jim Ammerman to the Prophecy Club of Topeka, Kansas. Ammerman warns that the President, aided by masses of foreign troops already on American soil, will soon put the nation under martial law--if God does not end the world before the current President can act. Ammerman decrees that President Bill Clinton should long ago have been executed, for avoiding the Vietnam draft.

Ammerman, who retired in 1977 as a U.S. Army colonel and chaplain, is described by the Prophecy Club as a former Green Beret and "CIA official" with 26 years in the military, and top-secret security clearance. He is the leader of some 200 chaplains now serving in the U.S. Armed Forces under the banner of his group, the Chaplaincy of Full Gospel Churches. His chaplains presumably speak in tongues and perform supernatural cures, as does he. He tells his audience that his chaplains provide him with inside information about military activities ordered by what he claims is the illegal dictatorship of the U.S. President.

Ammerman's frantic tapes and faxes have been pushed all over the populist and Pentecostal milieu, and to the members of the Republic of Texas group. Douglas Towne, manager of a ghostly Ammerman-led intelligence group called the Mount Rushmore Foundation, told this reporter that the Ammerman circle had extensive communications with the chief provocateur in the siege, Richard Otto ("White Eagle"). Towne calls Otto "a real soldier ... just like Tim McVeigh [convicted in the Oklahoma City bombing], ... who can't be shaken or broken, confident that he has backing."

In recent weeks, Ammerman has spread the warning, or threat, that some form of terrorist act will soon occur, giving the "illegal" U.S. government the pretext for the imposition of martial law.

Why is our government "illegal"? Ammerman's fellow Prophecy Club speaker, Ralph Epperson, explains that the United States was founded by Luciferians, Illuminati communist-masons, in order to usher in Satan's rule.

Ammerman himself is a furious Anglophile. He warns of foreign soldiers on U.S. bases, especially Germans, whom he calls "enemy troops"; but to him, nothing British is foreign. He reviles the U.S.A. historically. John Kennedy's mafia background got him killed, after he had passed the time during the Bay of Pigs crisis by womanizing; Abraham Lincoln was a dictator, understandably murdered, he claims. Ammerman lies that President Clinton has murdered many people to cover his crimes. He thus creates a climate in which Clinton's murder would be "understandable." Meanwhile, he pretends to strangers that God has told him secrets about their personal problems, and that he has supernatural powers to help those who will suspend their reason.

This purported Christian minister, on whose authority the Pentagon employs a large number of its chaplains throughout the world, is no single bad apple. As we shall see, his chaplaincy is a British intelligence and Anglican Church project, involving a former top-level U.S. Army general with responsibility for counterinsurgency, whose brain was scrambled by Pentecostal operatives.

Ammerman lies, whipping up anti-government activists, maneuvering them into terrorism or what looks suspiciously like terrorism. The British have acted through other channels, in tandem with Ammerman, triangulating propaganda fire against the same audience of potential patsies.

Britain's U.S. militias and Oklahoma City
Just before the April 19, 1995 Oklahoma City bombing, Lord William Rees-Mogg, the London Times's strategist of the Conservative Revolution, issued a false report designed to provoke armed clashes between "citizen militias" and the U.S. government. Rees-Mogg's report was in the March 22, 1995 Strategic Investment newsletter, which is published jointly by himself and James Dale Davidson, the head of the U.S.-based National Taxpayers Union. The Rees-Mogg provocation was very widely circulated, by fax and other means, among populists in the U.S. Western states. It read as follows:

"The slaughter of dozens of women and children in Waco by government stormtroopers under the command of Field Marshal Reno may pale in comparison to what has been planned for late March [elsewhere the date is given as March 25]: a nationwide BATF/FBI assault on private militias as the prelude to a possible declaration of martial law throughout the United States. All leaves have been canceled for BATF/FBI personnel.... Government agent provocateurs are set to plant fully automatic and heavy weapons, like rocket launchers, on the property of militia leaders. Every militia in the country--and there are dozens, many of which are well-armed and well-led by former or even active duty officers--is on a state of Red Alert. Should Reno be stupid enough to actually attack them militarily, there is going to be a lot of blood.

"The establishment media is programmed to immediately thereafter thunderously bellow for nationwide gun confiscation and even martial law."

In a later interview with this reporter, Soldier of Fortune writer James Pate claimed credit for originating the story put out by Lord Rees-Mogg; Pate pretended it was fed to him by a source in the Treasury Department Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF). Colorado-based Soldier of Fortune magazine, a global recruitment channel for mercenaries and assassins, was started up in the 1970s with seed money from British Special Air Services operatives in Africa.

On March 25, 1995, reacting to the Rees-Mogg provocation, about 125 hapless militia activists turned out at Cuero, Texas, to see whether they would be arrested or slaughtered on the predicted date. At the rally, Texas Constitutional Militia attorney Carl Haggard, touted as a national militia spokesman in the Soldier of Fortune April issue then on the newsstands, demanded that the militiamen drop politics, and prepare themselves with straight military training. Haggard is a former corporate attorney for the Anglo-Dutch multi, Shell Oil.

The same day as Lord Rees-Mogg's memo went out, March 22, 1995, a very spooky British agent named Jon Roland faxed and e-mailed this warning to journalists and militias: "We have ... reports of possible plans for atrocities to be committed by agents against innocent persons and blamed on militia activists. The atrocity targets include ... homes and families of ... government agents, judges, and elected officials. This would provide a pretext for labeling militiamen `terrorists.'... Crowded public places, to be bombed and the bombings blamed on militia leaders, with evidence to later be planted on them." Four weeks later, 168 died in the Oklahoma City blast.

Jon Roland, the bizarre "prophet" of the bombing, had earlier been promoted in the British press as a leader of angry Americans. Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, the London Sunday Telegraph's Washington correspondent, from a prominent British intelligence family, had begun his reportage on America's anti-government paramilitary groups in a Dec. 4, 1994 article datelined Dallas.

"The Texas Constitutional Militia," or "TCM," wrote Evans-Pritchard, "is growing at phenomenal speed.... `We have penetrated the government's electronic intelligence system and we've turned it against them,' says Jon Roland, a former civil rights and environmental activist who helped set up the TCM. `There are lots of Little Brothers watching Big Brother.'/" The quote refers to George Orwell's novel 1984, in which the dictatorial government, "Big Brother," creates false opposition movements secretly under its control. Orwell's novel is modelled on British Empire practice, as in Kenya, where the British set up ineffective opposition to colonialism as "countergangs" to subvert true independence movements.

The private Texas Constitutional Militia was in fact started by Roland. Militia members say that Roland showed up in south Texas in April 1994, around the first anniversary of the Waco massacre. He advertised for patriots to turn out to a "muster," telling those who showed up that he would put them into business as a private militia. He prescribed the form of organization, such as he had used to start up militias in other states: seven-man, self-contained cells, within county groups, to guard against treachery. And he produced a list of contacts which would keep them in touch with authentic information about the national scene.

The conservatives who joined were a bit puzzled when Roland identified himself as a "secular humanist," which is anathema to Christian conservatives--but perhaps his other credentials were in order.

In an April 27, 1995 interview with this author, Roland spoke expansively about his background. He said that his "good buddy" Ambrose Evans-Pritchard had put him "in touch with intelligence agents around the world." He meets periodically with these Evans-Pritchard intelligence community contacts, Roland said, and they give him "inside information."

Roland said he had been sarcastic when he told the militia members he was a secular humanist, and that he is currently a Zen Buddhist. He explained that he has long been an activist of the "international federalist movement"; he advocates the formation of a "true constitutional world government." An ultra-Malthusian environmentalist, Roland has "worked closely with the leadership of the Friends of the Earth," as well as Greenpeace, inhabitants of Prince Philip's stable of environmentalist groups. Roland claims that even as few as "tens of thousands of people, using modern technology, will eventually destroy the Earth" if they are allowed to exist "scattered all over the landscape." Echoing Prince Philip and the World Wildlife Fund, Roland said that "overpopulation" causes Africans "to kill each other."

Militia founder Roland has been a computer specialist for the U.S. Air Force, as an officer and contractor, since 1967. He says that he received specialized training from the Army's 101st Airborne Division at Fort Campbell, Kentucky/Tennessee, the home of the psychological warfare unit that assaulted Panamanian leader Gen. Manuel Noriega. He has written on "Third Wave" computer strategy themes in the Futurist, organ of the World Future Society. He was long a member of a British intelligence front, the L5 Society, promoting Britain's utopian counterstrategy to the hated John Kennedy's Apollo space program.

Six days after the Oklahoma City bombing, NBC TV's "Dateline" program featured an interview with Roland, portrayed only as an angry militia leader and computer specialist, who warned of a civil war in America.

Speaking later to this author, Roland provided a list of his associates in the militia movement that Roland has worked at organizing throughout the United States. First on the Roland list was Bradley P. Glover, a Kansas paramilitary leader.

During July 1997, Glover and six other persons were arrested on charges of plotting to bomb U.S. military bases, beginning with Fort Hood, Texas. The FBI said that Glover and an associate were arrested on July 4 near Fort Hood, in possession of various weapons, and that others in on the alleged plot were charged with possession of pipe bombs and machine guns. The arrests allegedly resulted from Missouri state police infiltration of paramilitary groups. Glover was featured in the Wichita Eagle on April 30, 1995, as perhaps the pre-eminent Kansas militia leader. He is said to lead about 1,000 armed men in the southern half of the state. In a 1995 interview, Glover told this reporter that he had initiated the militia movement in Kansas in November 1994. Glover said he was a former Naval Intelligence officer, but that any contacts that he might have with intelligence agencies at present are "none of your business."

Glover created a movement "against the globalists." Informed by this reporter about Jon Roland's British and World Federalist affiliation, Glover replied that he would have to decline to state whether he himself favored or did not favor world government.

General Haines and Operation Garden Plot
There is an ironic reality, a dangerous half-truth, in the provocative warnings about martial law and military takeover, issued by the British lords and their U.S. assets.

Interviewed by this reporter on May 22, 1997, Jim Ammerman stated: "There is a network of colonels and above, throughout the military, who would stand by the Constitution and against the President. They know who they are, and they are in close communication with each other. They could control the country if they need to."

The "multi-jurisdictional task force" is a repeated theme in Ammerman's exhortations to the militias. The military is allegedly now combined, under the Federal Emergency Management Agency, with other departments of the Federal government and with local governments. When the President tries to use this overreaching military against the people, Ammerman maintains, the "good" military officers will side with armed citizens against the President.

Curiously, Ammerman's own organization was created at the request of an Army officer, Gen. Ralph E. Haines, Jr., who personally supervised the military policing of the population, against which Ammerman directs his rhetoric.

General Haines had been vice chief of staff of the U.S. Army in 1967-68, when he was in charge of counterinsurgency preparations in the continental United States. He worked with the full resources of the Army under him, including military intelligence capabilities, to plan to cope with black ghetto riots and civil disturbances during the Vietnam War. Haines moved his troops into Detroit and Washington, D.C., as riots hit American cities before and after Martin Luther King's assassination. General Haines went public in an April 11, 1968 press conference, describing his "Operation Garden Plot." He had planned and directed the military arrangements for the takeover of every single American city, and arranged the linkages between the military and Justice Department, local police, and state governments.

The April 14, 1968 New York Times reported that Haines "said that detailed military planning for the summer began in February. The `garden plot' preparations were national, he said, including `every city you can think of.' Many officers who were to be assigned to specific cities in a military mobilization visited them in mufti [civilian clothes] to familiarize themselves with the terrain, the social and economic problems of potential riot areas, and the police with whom they would work if called, the general said."

It was this General Haines who asked Ammerman to create his Full Gospel Chaplaincy. In his book, Supernatural Events in the Life of an Ordinary Man, Ammerman says that at first he resisted the Haines project, but at length acceded to it.

The Defense Department received the petition for acceptance of the Full Gospel Chaplaincy in June 1983. After 13 months of resistance by military traditionalists, expressed by a bitter fight within the board of chaplains, the petition was approved in July 1984. This was at the height of the covert operations run though the military and the National Security Council by then-Vice President George Bush and his London allies, and such of their flunkies as Lt. Col. Oliver North (ret.), an Episcopalian speaker-in-tongues.

Colonel Ammerman, the pretended "anti-New World Order crusader," gave George Bush a thank-you salute. Ammerman's 1991 book, After the Storm, about the religious conversions of U.S. soldiers during the Persian Gulf War, opens with President George Bush's prayer proclamation as a preface.

The Haines-Ammerman project was a component of Britain's Pentecostalist political initiative, set in motion within the United States following World War II. This British initiative was to leap ahead in the United States in the 1960s. Haines would be inducted, dazed, and mind-battered into its service in 1971, while he was commander of the Continental U.S. Army Command. Retiring from the Army in 1973, at age 59, Haines then embarked on a second career, in the netherworld of political and covert operations peopled by active-duty, retired, and reserve officers.

In 1978, Haines led a group of American Episcopalian speakers-in-tongues, to Canterbury, England, for a global meeting of the Anglican Church under Queen Elizabeth's Archbishop Donald Coggan. Haines and others, colonials and Brits alike, launched a world crusade to spread Pentecostalism under Anglican guidance.

An Episcopal colleague of Haines, Gen. Albion Knight, U.S. Army (ret.), in a discussion with this reporter on June 5, 1997, lavishly praised the Haines-Ammerman project. A nuclear weapons and logistics specialist, Knight is now a Conservative Revolution leader in Howard Phillips's Taxpayers Party. He explained the strategy put in gear at the 1978 Canterbury meeting: Get away from stuffy high churchism. Get with the people. This hard-charging Anglicanism is "exploding in the Third World"; Africa is especially targetted. Intimately identified with the British authorities and the Church of England, General Knight manages the Church Information Center, which, he says, "feeds information to around 125 leaders, an intelligence network in the Anglican world."

How the general got zapped
In an interview with this reporter on July 28, 1997, General Haines said he asked Colonel Ammerman to initiate the new chaplaincy organization when he and Ammerman were in Europe in the late 1970s. They had both been speaking at a Heidelberg, Germany, military unit of the Full Gospel Businessmen's Fellowship International--a covert, masonic-like core organization of the British religious initiative created in the early 1950s.

Haines described his own fall into the "spirit-filled" world. At that time, military officers, scientists, and others leaders of America's military-industrial complex were being hunted as prizes. He said his wife was "baptized in the Holy Spirit" around 1967 or 1968, some three or four years before his own induction. This gave her "something to occupy herself with" while Haines was commander of the Army for the Pacific region (1968-70), with responsibility for the logisitics of the Vietnam War.

In 1970, Haines became commander of Continental Army Command, headquartered at Fort Monroe, near Norfolk, Virginia. His wife began working with the Pat Robertson organization as a volunteer. Through his wife, and one of Robertson's close associates, an invitation was issued for Haines to speak at a rally of the Full Gospel Businessmen's Fellowship, at a Buffalo, New York hotel, on July 24, 1971.

He said he went there thinking he would give a moderate Christian speech, such as he had given before to the Kiwanis and Rotary clubs. He showed up July 23, the day before he was to speak, in order to "case the joint." But they had him sit at the head table, next to Harald Bredesen. This Bredesen is one of a small central clique of operatives in the Pentecostal initiative, working under the coordination of British Empire agent David J. du Plessis, whose career will be reviewed below. Bredesen is a professional mind-bender in what is best termed Britain's "occult bureau." He inducted Robertson into the game around 1960; Bredesen and the Full Gospel Businessmen then built up Robertson into a multibillion-dollar political empire.

This is how Haines depicted his capture: "The `businessmen' [in the audience] testified; tears ran down their cheeks. I was getting very uncomfortable. I signalled to my aide, let's get going, let's get out of here. But Harald leaned over to me; he said, Are you charismatic? I thought it over. I answered, I don't think so. What did charismatic mean? I thought of George Patton.

"Harald was the speaker. I thought, when in Rome, shoot Roman candles. People were putting up their hands [in uncontrolled fervor]. I put my hands up a little bit--the discreet Episcopal level. People asked me, `General, what's your problem--why only half mast?'

"After Harald gave his talk, there was renewed praising of the Lord. My hands crept up to fully extended. I felt things happening to me. I felt things beyond my comprehension. It was not elation. I was dazed by it. Everyone crowded around me--they could all see something was happening. People closed in on me--I got out--I went to my room; I wanted to be alone. Harald came and ministered to me for a short time.

"The next day I saw that the speech I was to deliver was pabulum. What would satisfy these people? The people were saying, `The general got zapped last night.' So though I used the core of what I had prepared, I now spoke differently, tailoring it to what had happened. I then thought, I don't know what God wants of me but I'm ready to do what He says."

What happened, when General Haines became possessed "by the Holy Spirit" at that rally? In a recent article in Stephen Strang's Charisma magazine, Bredesen explains "the way demons operate. Unclean spirits come into a medium, violate her personality and speak through her." But rest assured, what Bredesen and his sponsors are doing is different. "The Holy Spirit doesn't want mediums, robots or zombies." Do you want to become God's partner? Bredesen instructs you, "Don't speak words your mind understands. As long as you do, your mind will remain in control.

"Don't listen to yourself. Can you imagine a little child learning to talk? Does he say, `Ma-ma-ma-ma,' and then stop with, `I can't say that. That's not language'? No, he just hugs his daddy's neck and prattles away." Charisma publisher Stephen Strang is a trustee of a U.S.-based core leadership team of mind-benders, incorporated as the Charismatic Bible Ministries, along with Ammerman, Oral Roberts, and others in this British outreach initiative. Strang also publishes New Man magazine, organ of the recently formed Promise Keepers cult. In a recent issue, under the title "Worm Training," a cult guide named Wellington Boone explains the religious problem and how this gang solves it:

"People have not yet learned how to become broken.... We are called to be `worms.'... A worm never protests.... Can you say, for Christ, `I am a worm and am no man'?/... Jesus was crushed like a worm. He was slapped. They spat in His face until it ran down His cheeks.... God doesn't raise anything that is not dead.

"If we allow God ... to work into us the idea of `worm-training,' it would be revolutionary. We would gain a worm's-eye view of what God wants.... When we really meet Jesus and allow ourselves to be crushed ... the impact will rock this world."

The 'mystery' of British-Israel solved
Nowadays, 50,000 men and boys are periodically herded into a stadium to babble incoherently, to weep and laugh hysterically for the Promise Keepers. Or, at a specially rigged church at the Toronto, Canada airport, troubled worshippers come from far way to be miraculously cured; they fall into trances on the floor and bark like dogs, in "worship." Civilized humanity is obliged to ask, how has this come about?

The main figure in the creation of today's Pentecostalism, British agent David J. du Plessis, insisted that this phenomenon has no history whatsoever: It simply happened. Writing in 1956, du Plessis claimed, "It [is] clear that it was no man-made cult of `tongues.' Only the `power' of which Jesus spake, could have caused its miraculous growth and establishment" up to that point, from the beginning of the twentieth century. As the "charismatic renewal," a new Pentecostal movement, was just then being geared up in the 1950s, du Plessis lied that "there has never been a man or a movement than can claim the credit for having planned or propagated this world embracing Pentecostal Revival. It is simply the supernatural work of the Holy Spirit ... to bring the `Full Gospel Message' to the whole world in this generation.... This sudden move towards mass evangelism lately ... cannot be attributed to anything else than the spontaneous move of the Holy Spirit."

We shall give here the first serious historical account of the "planning and propagating." We speak now of the high church principalities and powers who have built this new Tower of Babel, who look down with contempt upon their captive babblers, their low churchers, the herd, the worms.

It is necessary first to bring to light a myth known as British Israelism, which stands behind Pentecostalism. This is an evil piece of historical race gossip, spread into American religion, into the ranks of American populists, poisoning the minds of separatists and Armageddon terrorists.

The British monarchy and its prime ministers and Foreign Office fabricated British Israelism in the nineteenth century, from earlier versions of the story. They claimed that Queen Victoria was descended from the Biblical King David, and was thus a descendant of the Davidic family tree that produced Jesus. They taught that the tribes of Israel wandered into northern Europe; that by this supposed genealogy, the British are the real Chosen People, and the British Empire is thus God's empire.

The modern Jews, by this British account, are not the historical Hebrews of Old Testament Israel, but rather, the British are. But, says the British Israel myth, in a leap of logic, the Jews need to be put into Palestine, to fulfill prophecy, get slaughtered in a war with the Muslims, and bring about the End Times.

To provide fuel for this mythology, the royal family asked the British Grand Lodge of Freemasonry to establish the Palestine Exploration Fund. In the 1870s, they dispatched soldier-archeologists to the Holy Land, to dig up supposed religious relics that might impress the cheap fancies of the beggarly masses.

British Israelism designed its Jewish angle to be worked in many politically useful ways, along a spectrum from Nazi anti-Semitism to radical Zionism. The cynical character of this entire travesty may be seen, in the way the story was changed to suit imperial politics. During the 1870s, Germany broke from allegiance to British free trade doctrines. The London "prophets" then reconfigured ancient history. Suddenly, it wasn't Britain and Germany, collectively the Nordic Aryans, who were the wandering Chosen People, but only Britain. Modern Germans, it had been discovered, are the ancient Assyrians!

In his book Religion and the Racist Right: The Origins of the Christian Identity Movement, author Michael Barkun presents a nagging paradox, which he never solves. He reports that British Israelism originates with the British military, the Anglican Church, the British upper classes, who are fanatical loyalists to the government, the British Empire. Yet, this mother has given birth to the Christian Identity Movement, whose racist paranoia and paramilitary anger are aimed against the government, the United States government. Barkun cannot puzzle out the mystery, how the same historical movement can both support the government, and oppose the government!

The British Empire invents Pentecostalism
According to Pentecostal lore, the movement began when a woman spoke in tongues in the church of Charles Fox Parham in Topeka, Kansas, in 1901. Reverend Parham spread the method until it blossomed in the famous Azusa Street, Los Angeles, revival of 1906; from there, disciples took it around the world.

During the year preceeding the launch-time, Parham had caught fire with British Israelism. He had been indoctrinated into the Empire's mystery cult by emissaries of one Frank Sandford, who ran a cult center called Shiloh, near Durham, Maine. Parham made a pilgrimage and studied under Sandford at Shiloh, after which the two of them went on tour through Canada.

Sandford had made the New England Toryism of his fancy Anglophile family relations into a career, travelling back and forth to England, working to inculcate Americans into the British Empire gospel.

In those days, British Israelism was not shy. Its literature, such as The Anglo-American Alliance in Prophecy, or The Promise to the Fathers, published by Our Race Publishing Co., featured the masonic mummery of a pyramid topped by an all-seeing eyeball. The Egyptian pyramids allegedly contained coded secrets for understanding prophecy. The explicit message of the British Israel propaganda was, Americans should give up their mistaken Revolution, and reunite with their Anglo-Saxon racial brethren in the English fatherland. The movement's masonic Anglomania was proudly displayed. Parham's biography, written by his daughter, includes a photo of a mystery gavel, brought back from Palestine and donated by Parham to his masonic lodge.

With British Israelism as his theory of man's cosmic destiny, Parham began teaching Americans how to die mentally, to speak in tongues, as a religious exercise, allegedly re-creating the descent of the Holy Ghost upon Christ's Apostles during the Jewish feast of Pentecost. He took this show on the road from Topeka, and in Houston, Texas, a black preacher named William J. Seymour, the son of a slave, became part of his audience. The catch was, that Parham, being a crazed racist, would not permit Seymour inside the lecture hall; he had to listen at the window, or in the hallway.

Much is made of Seymour's spreading of the technique to a mostly black congregation on Azusa Street in Los Angeles, and of the fascination and novelty it held for visiting religious adventurers who took "Pentecostalism" out to the world. The movement was widely condemned by Christians as scandalous exploitation, and its historical origins faded into the mist. Frank Sandford spent ten years in jail for manslaughter, after many of his cult members died. Charles Parham's religious vocation was destroyed when he was charged with sodomizing a young male follower in Texas; Parham went on to a new career as a stump speaker for the Ku Klux Klan.

In 1908, British and allied American missionaries, who had observed the success of the experiment among blacks in America, brought Pentecostalism to South Africa. The British Empire had just then completed its conquest of that country in the Boer War against the Dutch-immigrant Afrikaner settlers. The great majority of the population were black Africans, including the rebellious Zulus, whom the British had militarily subdued in 1906. The new British masters shaped a uniquely brutal system of racial separation and slave labor, called apartheid.

The cultists and hypnotists went to work on the Zulus of South Africa. At the new Apostolic Faith Mission church, Zulu worshippers, in trances, would fall into heaps, clustered around the altar. British Empire South African strategist Cecil Rhodes congratulated the Pentecostal mind-benders for pacifying the natives as no military could have done.

Americans had better reflect deeply about what the British have done to Africa. For it was precisely the British Empire's apparatus for colonial conquest in Africa, which fashioned irrational Pentecostalism as one among the weapons used against America's "uppity" spirit of Reason and Progress.

Du Plessis comes to America
We shall now review the career of South African David du Plessis (1905-87), the 1930s head of the imperial cult-master Apostolic Faith Mission denomination, who came to America and supervised the creation of Pentecostalism, and who managed the body-snatchers working on Gen. Ralph Haines.

With his British passport clearing him to reside as an alien in the United States, British subject David du Plessis came north in the late 1940s. By the early 1950s, du Plessis was a consultant to the International Missionary Council, a group formed by the British authorities who had spun off from it the World Council of Churches. Du Plessis strategized on the British rule in Tanganyika, Nyasaland, and Rhodesia with the Missionary Council's chairman, Briton John A. Mackay, who had earlier moved to America to head the Princeton Theological Seminary. Mackay, du Plessis's prime public sponsor, had been for many years a close collaborator of the Anglophile political-religious strategist John Foster Dulles, in Britain and at Princeton.

Simultaneously, du Plessis was employed on two other 1950s projects, in the world of covert intelligence:

+Du Plessis was a paid agent of the Far East Broadcasting Company, a religious cover for the official intelligence agencies operating in Asia (based in the Philippines) and Europe (based in Greece). This arrangement was especially cozy beginning in 1953, when John Foster Dulles became Secretary of State and his brother Allen became Director of Central Intelligence.

+Du Plessis was the master chef cooking up the Full Gospel Businessmen's Fellowship International, with Oral Roberts, Gordon Lindsay, front man Demos Shakarian, and later, Harald Bredesen. The FGBFI has penetrated Central and South America, Asia, and the Middle East as an occult intelligence agency, working in aggressive insurrectionary politics since its 1952-54 founding.

During the 1950s, du Plessis was adopted by the executive apparatus of the World Council of Churches, to ram Pentecostalism down the throats of Christians in America, and to "charismatize" the Catholic Church through agents at the Vatican. This was accomplished through the instrumentality of the Church of England.

The 'high church' gathers its forces
The British spread religious irrationalism to subdue and destroy that dangerous, typically American concept that man is created in God's image, dignified and self-governing. We will see this strategy, unadorned, by briefly inspecting the actions and words of du Plessis's employers.

The World Council of Churches was founded in England in 1937, under the direction of Anglican Church missionary leader J.H. Oldham, based on a plan developed by Lord Lothian and other members of the Round Table group.

World Council co-founder John Mackay (later du Plessis's sponsor) published a book, The Universal Church and the World of Nations, expressing the new World Council's desire for the reordering of global political affairs under a world government. The lead article was written by Lord Lothian, entitled "The Demonic Influence of National Sovereignty"; another article was written by Mackay's crony John Foster Dulles, who represented the Presbyterian Church at the World Council founding. Lothian and Dulles argued that national sovereignty, such as the political and juridical independence of the United States, causes wars.

The Round Table group had been organized by South Africa's British governor, Lord Alfred Milner, to fulfill the strategy of British South Africa leader Cecil Rhodes for a new-style white racialist world empire, in which the annoying independence of the republican United States, in particular, was to be extinguished. The core of the Round Table group was assembled from among the aides to Lord Milner in South Africa. Lord Lothian was the first editor of the Round Table quarterly, and was the chief executive of the Rhodes Trust, administering the Rhodes Scholarships to bring Americans and other "colonial" students to Oxford University.

John Foster Dulles and his brother Allen met the principal Round Table members after World War/I, and were informally inducted. In a letter to Round Table founder Lionel Curtis, Lord Lothian expressed the racial views which the British Round Table shared with the Dulles brothers, in opposition to the viewpoint of American nationalists:

"The real problem is going to arise from the treatment which must be accorded to politically backward peoples.... There is a fundamentally different concept ... between Great Britain and South Africa on the one side and the United States ... on the other.... The inhabitants of Africa and parts of Asia have proved unable to govern themselves ... because they were quite unable to withstand the demoralizing influences [i.e., the desire for modernization] to which they were subjected in some civilised countries, so that the intervention of a European power is necessary in order to protect them from those influences.... The American view ... is quite different."

How they got away with 'charismatic renewal'
In May 1960, an English-born Episcopal priest, Dennis Bennett, told his Van Nuys, California parishioners that he had begun speaking in tongues after baptism in the Holy Spirit. This was the beginning of present-day Pentecostalism. The controversy over Bennett's announcement spread quickly, with coverage in Time and Newsweek magazines. The publicity, interpretation, and proselytizing for the new movement within the American church community and worldwide, was handled personally by David du Plessis.

Both Protestants and Catholics, who had earlier looked upon Pentecostalism as a freak show, or a Satanic influence, placidly accepted what was termed "charismatic renewal," as a respectable, non-threatening addition to Christendom. This succeeded because the British authorities and the World Council of Churches put their stamp of approval on David du Plessis, as the designated--by them--world representative of the new, "improved" Pentecostalism.

Between 1952 and 1954, John Mackay and World Council of Churches General Secretary Willem Adolf Visser 't/Hooft introduced du Plessis to scores of the highest level Protestant and Eastern Orthodox church officials. The World Council executive shopped du Plessis around to the Ivy League U.S. colleges and seminaries, to speak of the religion of the future. Through Cardinal Augustin Bea and Cardinal Jan Willebrands, the World Council got du Plessis invited to the Vatican II council, and set up an official, global, "Catholic-Pentecostal Dialogue," which consisted of du Plessis talking to Vatican officials. Vatican officials did so despite the fact that when the World Council of Churches invited du Plessis to take part in its 1954 global meeting, he represented no Pentecostal religious body whatsoever; he was merely a British political agent. (The previously established Pentecostal churches were hostile toward the World Council and the Catholics.)

In England, Anglican Churchmen Michael Harper and other partners of du Plessis cemented the ties of Catholics around the world to the new movement.

Following Bennett's Episcopal Church outbreak of 1960, du Plessis, aided by Bennett, published Trinity newsletter. This was circulated in the United States and England as the spur for the new charismatic movement. Trinity was edited by Jean Stone, a wealthy American Anglican loyalist who mediated between du Plessis and the high-society bankrollers of the Episcopal Church. The organization publishing Trinity was chaired by Harald Bredesen, by then a well-established British intelligence operative.

Du Plessis instructed clergymen and parishioners who were pulled into the babble-boom, to follow the Bennett example, and "stay in your church, do not form a new church denomination." Many charismatics followed the advice of du Plessis, who was publicized as "Mr. Pentecostalism"; so, the regular church denominations were decimated by those who stayed, as well as those who left their fold for wilder, newer sects.

General Haines, who had been "zapped" in 1971, resigned from active duty on Jan. 31, 1973. Two weeks later, Haines, du Plessis, and Bennett were the star speakers at the Dallas founding meeting of the Episcopal Charismatic Fellowship. By that time, Episcopals were the driving force for the spread of Pentecostalism. According to Haines, 20% of Episcopalians were then already speaking in tongues.

Haines says that when he led the American delegation to the 1978 Canterbury Cathedral meeting, launching the Anglicans' worldwide drive for charismatic renewal, he was struck by the spectacle of dancing around the altar led by the representative (white) South African Anglican bishop.

Haines went on to commission Ammerman's Full Gospel Chaplaincy, on whose board Haines sits today, and whose serving chaplains Haines addresses. Public statements promoting armed conflict between citizens and the government, Haines leaves to Colonel Ammerman to make.

The security problem, defined
The danger involved in this British initiative is not a matter of wrong or heretical religious beliefs. At issue is the buildup of a hostile, irrational, foreign-directed network within our military and civilian political life.

The political intelligence group known as the Mount Rushmore Foundation, mentioned above, illustrates the problem. Ammerman is the political adviser and "chaplain" to the group. Manager Douglas Towne says the foundation "studies the Patriot movement," and "participates in it." Towne's longtime political partner, Rushmore Foundation board member Gen. Benton Partin, U.S. Air Force (ret.), is an expert in high-explosive devices, including nuclear weapons. Partin has received extensive news media coverage for his critical analysis of the Oklahoma City bombing; he has made an apparently reasonable case, that it would have been technically impossible for Timothy McVeigh to have done it acting alone.

Less well known is General Partin's sponsorship of an ongoing, catastrophic shooting war in Africa, which lends a more sinister character to his hatred of the United States government. Partin is a founder and board member of the Front Line Fellowship, a group of commando-missionaries taking active part in the war against Sudan and other African states viewed as enemies of the British Crown. The Fellowship members are former "scouts" of the South African Army. Partin describes his partner, Fellowship leader Peter Hammond, as a "former South African army and government officer."

That General Partin's "Christian" organization is at heart merely the British military irregulars, who are generally incinerating Africa to recolonize it, may be judged from the Fellowship's book, Faith Under Fire in Sudan. Chapter Three is a celebration of Charles "Chinese" Gordon, who led British regulars in a war in China against the uprising of a British-organized pseudo-Protestant cult. After 20 million Chinese died in this game, Gordon was sent to try to subdue Sudan as Britain's governor, but he died, defeated at the hands of Sudanese nationalist forces. Chinese Gordon was not a drunken homosexual pederast, Partin's group says, but Britain's Christian model for us to follow into war.

The British have never forgiven Sudan, or the United States, for the American Revolution. To the Ammerman circle, the U.S. government is "communist." General Partin says that even Abraham Lincoln was put into the Presidency by the creators of international communism. Partin has received from London, since the 1940s, the intelligence reports published by Kenneth Hugh de Courcy, geopolitician of the British Israel movement.

Observe the Pat Robertson empire. Robertson writes that his family's aristocratic lineage, linking it to the British Churchill family, gave his mother, Gladys Churchill Robertson, confidence that Pat would succeed. His father, Sen. A. Willis Robertson, was London's and Wall Street's chairman of the Senate Finance Committee.

Originally a playboy, Pat began speaking in tongues, and exchanging prophecies in a circle like ouijah board players, under the guidance of master spook Harald Bredesen. The ghost-written Bredesen autobiography, Yes, Lord, explains that Robertson's mentor was himself trained by the International Christian Leadership group. Bredesen proved himself to the group by speaking in tongues, in ancient Arabic, to an Egyptian heiress. This feat by their trainee was observed and attested to by the president of the Leadership group's British branch, Ernest Williams, who was simultaneously "a member of the directing staff of the British Admiralty," and "a member of the Archbishop of Canterbury's Commission on Evangelism."

International Christian Leadership was designed specifically to capture wealthy or influential leaders of society, into a network controlled by the group's patrons. It was initiated during World War II by Col. Sir Vivian Gabriel, a British Air Commission attache in Washington, and leaders of the Episcopal Church. The Netherlands royal family became the group's prime sponsor and center of world operations in the 1950s. Bredesen wrote that his personal trainer, Abraham Vereide, claimed to have "won [Netherlands] Prince Bernhard for Christ." A strange Christ it must have been, because the former Nazi SS officer Bernhard was just then busy launching the globalist Bilderberg Group's conferences and creating the World Wildlife Fund, with Britain's Prince Philip.

Pat Robertson started off as assistant pastor to Bredesen, the operative of the Anglo-Dutch monarchies' Leadership group. Then, David du Plessis's Full Gospel Businessmen raised the money to expand Robertson's and Bredesen's Virginia-based Christian Broadcasting Network (CBN) toward global power status.

In a Feb. 1, 1997 column in Virginia's Richmond Times-Dispatch, Robertson told critics why he had used "Operation Blessing" aircraft to transport supplies for his own personal diamond-mining venture in Zaire, rather than for Christian charity, as expected by CBN viewer-contributors. Robertson claimed that he really went into Zaire at President George Bush's request, to pressure the government to give up all Zaire's mines to foreign owners. Later, when British mining companies paid for the invasion that killed hundreds of thousands of people, Robertson invited the bloody Laurent Kabila to be his guest in America; and, he put Britain's Africa slaughter-coordinator, Baroness Caroline Cox, on his television network.

In this regard, consider U.S. Rep. Frank Wolf (R-Va.), a member of the international board of referents of Baroness Cox's blood-smeared British intelligence front, Christian Solidarity International (CSI). Wolf has made the Toronto Airport church his own spiritual stopping point, where the participants fall in heaps, jerk about on the floor, and bark.

Lady Cox is the Anglican high priestess of the Pentecostals. An August 1997 Charisma magazine story, headlined "Just Call Her Saint Caroline," explains, "Baroness Caroline Cox--a member of London's House of Lords--is spending lots of her time in war zones these days. She's dodging bullets to help the world's persecuted Christians.... She attends mainline Anglican churches but says she also enjoys `the sort of robust and very expressive forms of worship' found in charismatic fellowships.... Many CSI board members and supporters are from the more evangelical and charismatic end of the church spectrum, she notes."

Finally, consider the Promise Keepers, who train their men to be worms, to be broken, to die mentally. Promise Keepers national spokesman Mark DeMoss is a professional at preparing fanatics for Armageddon warfare. As chief of staff to Jerry Falwell, DeMoss was the administrator of the self-proclaimed "Christian Embassy" in Jerusalem. The embassy serves as a bridge between End Times Christians, lunatic freemasons, and right-wing Israeli Zionists. This is a pivotal component of the Temple Mount initiative to foment a religious war over the holy sites in Jerusalem, to "fulfill Scripture." This covert network is engaged in the most dangerous terrorist provocation, which may yet bring on End Times unless it is handcuffed.

At Fort Bliss, Texas, DeMoss's Promise Keepers were engaged to train the nation's highest-ranking non-commissioned officers. Earlier this year, the United States Army Sergeants Major Academy advertised "training with `Promise Keepers'" as a "spiritual fitness program," on the Army unit's official Internet web site.

It is time for Christians and patriots to clean their house, before Her Majesty's legions blow it up.

The author requests all questions, comments or further intelligence leads be sent to Anton Chaitkin c/o larouche@larouchepub.com.


Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

THE SATANIC ROTHSCHILD DYNASTY II

This is an article that speaks about the Rothchild family's role in history. It was too long to post here but it is worth the time to read it. It certainly paints a sinister picture. Again I should reiterate that this article is the opinion of the author and not mine. I am simply posting it so that the community can discuss the points made therein. Thus far, the theorists seem to believe that all of these secret societies mentioned are related and that they control worldwide government policy. I believe that such possibilities should be brought to light and discussed. I will continue to research the subject and post what I find. I would appreciate it if others would do the same and post related material.


http://www.wealth4freedom.com/Rothschild2.html

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

The Federal Reserve: History of Lies, Thievery, and Deceit

by Dr. Ken Matto
http://www.scionofzion.com/federalreserve.htm

Former Congressional Candidate, 6th District N.J.

"I place economy among the first and most important virtues, and public debt as the greatest of dangers. To preserve our independence, we must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt."

-Thomas Jefferson



Did You Ever Wonder Why The National Debt Keeps Going Up and Up?

One of the most ungodly and fraudulent institutions ever perpetrated on the American people and the world, is the Federal Reserve System which through deceit became the central bank of the United States in 1913. The idea came about on a meeting in Jekyl Island off the coast of Georgia in 1910. The bankers in this country, especially J.P. Morgan, created a currency panic in 1907 in order to get the American people to accept the idea of a central bank.

A central bank already existed in England from as far back as 1694. The Rothschilds completely dominate the banking system. It is estimated their wealth goes into the trillions.

Baron Nathan Mayer Rothschild boasted:

• "I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man that controls Britain's money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply."

The idea of a central bank is to so enslave the people of the country to a debt money system that you continue to collect taxes continuously which just covers the interest. The duped people of the United States are paying about $300 billion dollars per year to the IRS which is the collection agency for the Federal Reserve. By the way, the Federal Reserve is a privately owned bank with 8 private members. The Chase Manhattan Bank is a member which is owned by the Rockefellers.

At this point the citizens of the United States falsely owe these lemmings about 5.6 trillion dollars. Have you ever asked the following question?

WHO HAS THAT MUCH MONEY TO LOAN TO THE UNITED STATES?

History of Lies

During the time of the Babylonian captivity of Judah, a man named Jacob Egibi became the founding father of modern banking. While Judah was in captivity, Jacob began a business of loaning out money for a rate of interest. During the Reign of King Kandalanu of Babylon (circa 648-625 B.C.) a new phenomenon appeared on the scene which Jacob Egibi played a major part, and that was the invention of private banking. There were 2 prominent families at this time, they were the Egibi family and the Iranu families. These 2 families are not a figment of imagination as their names have appeared in many cuneiform tablets discovered by Archaeologists. It is believed that the Egibi family was taken with the first captivity into Assyria and then later migrated to Babylon. At the time of the 70 year captivity, Jacob Egibi already had an ongoing private banking business in which he collected large sums of interest. Now we have secular insight as to why many of the Jews did not want to return with Nehemiah to rebuild the temple at Jerusalem.

By the time of the end of the captivity, many of the others who were in captivity with the Egibi families learned this evil business practice and began to set up shop. A good example of this are the moneychangers which the Lord Jesus Christ threw out of the temple. As a friend of mine said to me many times, "Christ drove the moneychangers from the temple and was crucified 4 days later."

During the time of the Persian period, loan sharking became a business where interest rates of anywhere from 30-50% were charged. As time went on, the writings of the Roman historian Tacitus, tells us that during the reigns of Caesar Augustus (27 BC - 14 AD) and Tiberius (14-32 AD) records of the Roman empire reveal deposits, withdrawals, brokers fees and loans. When the western Roman Empire fell, banking continued to thrive in Egypt, Byzantium, and the Arab nations of the Red Sea.

When the Christian era began to take hold and the church became a powerful entity, she returned to the Old Testament Edict of not charging usury and this idea continued up until the time of the Renaissance when banks began appearing across Europe. To show you how some kings despised usury, I offer 2 quotations:

...if any man is found taking usury, his lands will be confiscated, and he will be banished from England...

Alfred the Great, King of England; 849-901 A.D.

...If a man is found taking usury, his lands will be confiscated. It is like taking a man's life, and it must not be tolerated...

James 1, King of England; 1566-1625 A.D.

With the rise of international trade which commenced at the end of the medieval period, many of the banks were allowed to coin money for their transactions. At that time, there was no such thing as national money and when the banks minted coins, they were all of different value which created a dilemma for international trade. The first "Christian" gold coins were struck by Emperor Frederick II in 1225 A.D. Then came the "ducats'' of Portugal, the "florins" of Florence, the "agnels" of France, and the "sequins" which became the official coins of Genoa and Venice.

Europe then progressed from the Feudal system and with this came trade between different nations which resulted in foreign moneys accumulating in the various cities in Europe.

1694: The Year which Doomed the World's Economies

The government of King William III was in desperate need of money. When learning of this situation, a man named William Patterson put together a cartel of wealthy men, of which he was the leader. Patterson and cronies agreed to loan the King 1,200,000 pound sterling which would have been approximately 6 million dollars at 8% interest per annum on the condition that the king would grant 2 things:

1) He would grant Patterson and his associates a charter which would name them "The Bank of England," and

2) This bank shall have the "sole and exclusive right" to issue notes to the fullest extent of its capital.

The people were having a problem with their gold and silver coins of which the bankers quickly came to the rescue. The solution is aptly described by Professor Carroll Quigley in his book, Tragedy and Hope:

• ...for generations men had sought to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces of paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Today we call such pieces of paper "gold certificates." Such a certificate entitled its bearer to exchange it for pieces of gold on demand, but in view of convenience of paper, only a small fraction of certificate holders ever did make such demands. It early became clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed to cover the fraction of certificates likely to be presented for payment; accordingly the rest of the gold could be used for business purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing. A volume of certificates could be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment....Such an excess volume of paper claims against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing...

The King literally granted the Bank of England the legal right to print all the money that would be used in commerce by the people and the government. In other words the Bank of England became the sole money source of any currency that was used in English commerce by either the people or the government. If they needed more money, they simply printed it. It is said that by 1698 British government owed 16 X 10 to the 6 power pounds sterling to the Bank of England. Keep in mind this was only 4 years.

1773: The Second Date of Infamy

In 1773, a wealthy goldsmith and coin dealer named Mayer Amschel Bauer (1743-1812) summoned 12 wealthy and influential men to his place of business in Frankfurt, Germany. His purpose for the meeting was to impress upon these men that if they pooled their resources, it was possible to gain control of the wealth, natural resources, and manpower of the entire world. He then outlined a 25 point plan on how to accomplish it.

The plan was put into operation and evidentiary information exists that Bauer aligned himself with Adam Weishaupt who was the founder of the Illuminati whose aim was and still is world domination. Bauer later changed his name to Rothschild which means "red shield." He took it from the red sign which hung outside his place of business. The eagle was clutching 5 golden arrows in its claws. It was supposed to symbolize his five sons. Presently the red shield represents the official coat of arms of the city of Frankfurt, Germany.

Later on each of the five sons were dispatched to a major city in Europe to establish a branch of the Rothschild banking firm.

Son #1 - Amschel - Remained in Frankfurt and propelled Germany to financial success under Bismarck.

Son #2 - Salomon - Went to Vienna, Austria. he became a leader in the Austria-Hungary Empire.

Son #3 - Nathan Mayer - Went to England where he took control of the Bank of England.

Son #4 - Carl - Went to Naples where he became the most powerful man in Italy through his banking skills.

Son #5 - James Jacob - Went to Paris where he established the central bank. He was credited with dominating the financial destiny of the nation of France.

By 1850, the House of Rothschild represented more wealth than all the families of Europe. Shortly after he formed the Bank of England, William Patterson lost control of it to Nathan Rothschild and here is how he did it:

• Nathan Rothschild was an observer on the day the Duke of Wellington defeated Napoleon at Waterloo, Belgium. He knew that with this information he could make a fortune. He later paid a sailor a big fee to take him across the English Channel in bad weather. The news of Napoleon's defeat would take a while to hit England. When Nathan arrived in London, he began selling securities and bonds in a panic. The other investors were deceived into believing that Napoleon won the war and was eyeing England so they began to sell their securities too. What they were unaware of is that Rothschild's agents were buying all the securities that were being sold in panic. In one day, the Rothschild fortune grew by one million pounds. They literally bought control of England for a few cents on the dollar. The same way the Rockefeller's went into Japan after World War 2 and bought everything 10 cents on the dollar. SONY=Standard Oil New York, a Rockefeller Company.

Frederick Morton wrote in his book, The Rothschilds:

• "...the wealth of the Rothschilds consists of the bankruptcy of nations."

There were other wealthy families in Europe and America which were allowed to join "the international banking club" such as John D. Rockefeller and John Pierpont Morgan.

Early American Wisdom

The Americans had won their political independence but their financial independence was in jeopardy. The international bankers had an agent in place and his name was Alexander Hamilton who wanted a central bank. Thomas Jefferson lobbied vehemently against the central bank stating it was contrary to the Constitution. However, a central bank was formed in 1781 known as the Bank of North America which was patterned after the Bank of England. The colonists wanted nothing to do with it so it folded in 1790. The international bankers countered the closing of the Bank of North America by gaining a charter for the Bank of the United States which was chartered on February 25, 1791. The Bank of France desired the formation of the US Bank also and it was chartered for 20 years.

In 1826, the second bank's charter was soon to expire and presidential candidate Andrew Jackson campaigned strongly against a central bank which was owned and operated by the international banking element. Here is Jackson's opinion of those bankers:

• "You are a den of vipers. I intend to wipe you out, and by the Eternal God I will rout you out...If people only understood the rank injustice of the money and banking system, there would be a revolution by morning."

In 1836, the charter did expire but that was not the end of the international banking influence in this country. The Civil War was planned in England as far back as 1809. Slavery was not the real cause of the Civil War. The Rothschilds (who were heavy into the slave trade) used the slavery issue as "a divide and conquer strategy" which almost split the United States in two. The Bank of England financed the North while the Paris branch of the Rothschild bank funded the South. In 1863, the National Banking Act was passed despite protest by President Lincoln. This act allowed a private corporation the authority to issue our money.

Enter 1913

In November of 1910, some of these vultures came together at the Jekyl Island Hunt Club on Jekyl Island, Georgia. What were they hunting? The biggest prize of all, the absolute and complete control of all the money in America which means control of all America and with it the power to make slaves of all the people.

Those who attended were: Senator Nelson Aldrich (Nelson Rockefeller's maternal grandfather); A. Piatt Andrew, Economist and Assistant Secretary of the Treasury; Frank Vanderlip, President of the National City Bank of New York; Henry P. Norton, President of Morgan's First National Bank of New York; Paul Moritz Warburg, a German who was partner in the New York banking house of Kuhn, Loeb Co.; Benjamin Strong, an aid to J. P. Morgan.

Paul Warburg was credited as the architect of the bill which was passed by Congress and signed by traitorous Woodrow Wilson. It was entitled the Federal Reserve Act of 1913. America once again had a central bank but this time they had placed America under an absolute dictatorship. President James Garfield had insight into this situation:

• "It must be realized that whoever controls the volume of money in any country is absolutely master of all industry commerce."

The Federal Reserve was incorporated in 1914 and has been creating a completely unnecessary national debt ever since. In simple terms, the Fed creates money as debt. They create money out of thin air by nothing more than a book entry. Whenever the members of the Fed make any loans, that debt money is our money supply.

The United States went bankrupt in 1938 because of this system. It took the Fed only 25 years to bankrupt the USA. Can you imagine how little time it would take these vultures to bankrupt a developing nation? The American people are paying about $300 billion dollars a year in interest to this phony organization. When you look in the Washington, D.C. phone book, you will not find the Federal Reserve in the Government section as they are a private concern.

The national debt is increased about $364 million dollars every day. Have you taken a look at your money? It says "Federal Reserve Note" which means it is an instrument of debt. There is no real money in circulation.

The Assassination of President Kennedy

One of the greatest coverups in history was the Killing of the President. If you believe the Mafia did it, then I have ocean front land in Kansas for you to buy. President Kennedy was murdered over money, $4 billion dollars worth. You see, he had printed $4 billion worth of non-interest bearing money which meant he began to chop at the profits of the vultures. Interest free money means the national debt is eliminated and the power of the international banking element is broken. So to prevent Kennedy from abolishing the illegal Fed, he was assassinated. Coincidence? As soon as the traitor Johnson was in office, he recalled all the debt free notes and continued our country in the same path of ruin. There, the mystery of the killing is over. Just follow the trail of the money .

War

Now that the Federal Reserve was firmly in place, schemes had to be constructed to get the government to borrow so a continuously growing national debt would happen. So here are some coincidences: The Federal Reserve is created in 1913, then in 1914 we have World War 1. Right at the end of World War 1, we have a depressed economy especially in the Weimar Republic where 2 billion marks could buy a loaf of bread. In 1917, we had the Bolshevik revolution in Russia. A man named Lord Alfred Milner was a front man and paymaster for the Rothschilds in Petrograd during the revolution. He later headed a secret organization called The Round Table which was dedicated to a one world government run by wealthy financiers under socialism.

Then, lo and behold, in the 1920's we see a little known corporal with 12 men meeting in a beer hall in Munich while in America the Roaring 20's were in progress until October, 1929. Then the Federal Reserve withheld money from circulation so bills could not be paid, while simultaneously they were calling in all their loans which caused the stock market to crash. By 1932 the price of stocks had plummeted 80%. When the bankers plunged this nation into a depression on that fateful day in October, at the New York Stock Exchange was a visitor, his name was Winston Churchill who stated after the crash of '29, "Now I know who wields the real power."

Then we come into the 1930's and the rise of Hitler. Hitler was also funded by Wall Street through the Industrialist I.G. Farben. Let's test the theory of follow the money. Here is a little known corporal with no money meeting in a beer hall in Munich with only about 12 men. In a seriously depressed and defeated country, there begins to rise another military dictatorship. By 1934 the Nuremberg Rallies were in place and Germany was rebuilt. In that countries' economy who had that much money to rebuild Germany into a powerful country which marched across Europe and almost defeated Russia in the first 24 hours of Case White (The invasion of Russia)? The answer is the bankers of the USA and England. In fact, a banker named Bernard Baruch was President Roosevelt's personal advisor during World War 2. Baruch made $200 million dollars as a result of World War 2. During WW2 the Rockefellers were selling oil to the Germans from their Standard Oil concern in Argentina.

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) was formed in 1919 in Paris, France by Colonel Edward Mandell House who was known as Woodrow Wilson's alter ego. The CFR was and still is dedicated to the one world rule under a new world order. In fact, every war has been planned by the CFR. Every American President since 1919 has had their cabinet filled with CFR members. Also our traitorous Presidents fill their cabinets with not only CFR members but those of the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Yale Fraternity of the Skull and Bones (George Bush was a member of this).

These members insure that the will of the bankers are done, even if the President is not a member of any group. After WW2, was fought another war was created known as the Korean War (which was started by a phone call from John Foster Dulles), then the Vietnam War. During the Vietnamese War, the Rockefellers had a metals processing plant going full blast in North Vietnam. The Rockefellers have the blood of thousands of Americans on their hands because of their supplying the Russians with weapons and metals. The North Vietnamese received their weapons from Russia. The only reason these rats are never indicted for treason, is because since WW2 there has never been a declared war which means if we have no official enemy, there can be no aiding the enemy AKA treason.

Presently we have skirmishes such as the Gulf War of 1990 which was an experiment by the New World Order crowd to see how fast they can assemble an army in case a country does not choose to obey the dictates of the banker bosses. Of course funding for the gulf war came from borrowing money from the Fed. Wherever you hear of a limited war, or some type of political destabilization, think of the money trail. Wars are started in foreign countries, then our President goes there and gives millions of dollars of borrowed money which normally goes into the pockets of the dictators. Nowhere in our Constitution is it written that our government is to borrow money and give it away.

At this point I want you to click on the following web site and see the reality of the death of America:

Final Thoughts

The American economy has been sucked dry by the Federal Reserve System. Americans think they own property but the truth is the entire United States has been mortgaged to the bankers. The Rothschilds and Rockefellers become richer while the peoples of the world become poorer. The International Monetary Fund and the World Bank are also designed to loan money to developing nations with the understanding that they will never be able to repay so with every loan made to a country, it becomes their death knell. The entire world has been plunged into a debt economy which means 6 billion people are in debt to about 250 men. But keep in mind that all their wealth is phony because it is created money without any gold backing.

I really laugh when Wall Street bows down to Alan Greenspan who is nothing more than a boot licker of the International Banking element who takes his orders by phone too. So many people rejoice when the Federal Reserve has a policy meeting and no interest rate increase happens. The truth is that we should never have a Federal Reserve to begin with. They print money, loan it into circulation, and the American people are strapped with more debt.

I remember leaving materials on the Federal Reserve at a meeting of Concerned Women for America. The next day I went back and not one copy was taken. The reason given me was because it was not approved material. Groups like Concerned Women for America and the Christian Coalition and Rush Limbaugh are something known as controlled opposition. They are allowed to exist as long as they do not bring up the real issues. If they stick to the created liberal democrat Vs. conservative Republican agenda, they can exist and the bankers will even make them famous. But you will never hear a Beverly LaHaye, Tim LaHaye, Jim Dobson, James Boice, Billy Graham, Gary Bauer, or any other famous Christians ever tackle the real issues like the illegal Fed which causes all the poverty in every country. If these people would think for a minute that if $300 billion dollars a year was not being sucked out of the economy and was used for the people in this country, we would surely have enough to help other nations and our own problems. Crime would almost be non-existent with a monetized money system. The Great Commission would also be funded without worrying if there will be enough left over to feed the children.

WAKE UP PEOPLE!!! WAKE UP!!! THE FEDERAL RESERVE IS ILLEGAL AND OUR IMPOTENT CONGRESS REFUSES TO DO WHAT IS RIGHT AND ABOLISH THE FED. THEY WOULD RATHER ALLOW US TO REMAIN IN BONDAGE FOREVER. DEMOCRATS AND REPUBLICANS ARE BOTH USELESS ENTITIES BECAUSE THEY ARE BOTH BOUGHT AND PAID FOR BY THE BANKERS.


Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

The Grand Deception - Part Two

A Second Look at the War on Terrorism
© 2002 by G. Edward Griffin

TWO PRESIDENTS FOR ONE

As we once again activate our time machine, we find ourselves in the presence of a colorful historical figure. His name is Colonel Edward Mandell House. House was never in the military. The title of Colonel was honorary, granted by the Governor of Texas in appreciation for political services. He was one of the most powerful men in American politics and, yet, virtually unknown to most Americans today. He was the personal advisor to Presidents Wilson and Roosevelt. He was close to the Morgan banking dynasty and also to the old banking families of Europe. He attended school in England and surrounded himself with Fabians. His father, Thomas, made a fortune in the United States as a lending agent for London banks which preferred to remain anonymous. It was widely believed that he represented the Rothschild consortium. He was one of the few in the South who emerged from the War Between the States with a great fortune.

The important thing for our visit in history is that Colonel House was a "king maker" in Texas politics. He personally chose Woodrow Wilson, the most unlikely of all political candidates, and secured his nomination for President on the Democratic ticket in 1912. It was House who convinced the Morgan group, and others with great power in politics and media, to throw their support to Wilson, which is what enabled him to win the election and become the 28th President of the United States.
House was certainly a member of the Round Table and possibly a member of its inner circle. He was a founder of the CFR. President Wilson, in his memoirs, said: "Mr. House is my second personality. He is my independent self. His thoughts and mine are one."

George Viereck was an admiring biographer of Colonel House and approved of almost every aspect of his career. This is what Viereck said: "For seven long years, Colonel House was Woodrow Wilson’s other self. For six long years he shared with him everything but the title of Chief Magistracy of the Republic. For six years, two rooms were at his disposal in the north wing of the White House. It was House who made the slate for the Cabinet, formulated the first policies of the Administration, and practically directed the foreign affairs of the United States. We had, indeed, two presidents for one! … He was the pilot who guided the ship."

WORLD WAR I

As we contemplate a member of the Rhodes secret society, occupying two rooms in the White House, virtually in control of American foreign policy, our time machine finally brings us to World War I. Since our main topic today is war, we must prepare now to comprehend the events we are about to see in terms of the strategy of collectivism: using war to smash the world to bits and then remold it closer to the hearts desire.
The sinking of the Lusitania was the event that, more than any other, motivated the American people to accept the necessity and the morality of getting into World War I. Prior to that time, there was great reluctance. However, when the Lusitania left New York Harbor on May 1, 1915, with 196 Americans on board and was sunk six days later off the coast of Ireland, it became the cause celeb that moved the American consciousness into a war mood against Germany. Americans were outraged at a nation that could viscously and cold-heartedly attack a peaceful passenger ship.

What is not well known about that piece of history is the role played by J.P. Morgan. As you recall, the CFR was described by Professor Quigley as a front for J.P. Morgan and Company. We must remember that Moran was, not only a founding member of the CFR, he was also a member of the Round Table, the inner group directing it, so how does Morgan fit into this?

During World War I, the Morgan Bank was the subscription agent for war loans to England and France. These countries had quickly exhausted their financial resources to raise money for military equipment and supplies to continue the war against Germany. So they came to the United States and asked J.P. Morgan - who was culturally closer to Britain than to America - to be their agent for selling war bonds. The House of Morgan was happy to do that, and it floated approximately $1.5 billion in war bonds on behalf of England and, to a lesser extent, for France.

At this point in history, Britain and France were very close to defeat. The Germans had unleashed a surprise weapon, the U Boat - the submarine - that was new to warfare in those days, and they were sinking the supply ships that carried food and other necessities to the British Isles. The Germans were literally starving the British into submission who, by their own estimate, said they had only about seven weeks of food left. After that, there would be massive starvation in England, and they would have no choice but to surrender.

For the British, there was only one salvation, and that was to have the Americans come into the war to help them. But on the American side, there was a different agenda. What would happen to that $1.5 billion in war loans if Britain and France lost the war? The only time war loans are repaid is when the nation borrowing the money wins the war. Losers don’t pay off their bonds. So Morgan was in a terrible fix. Not only were his friends in England in dire danger, he and all his investors were about to lose $1.5 billion! A very serious situation, indeed.

The U.S. Ambassador to England at that time was Walter Page. Page was far more than just an ambassador. Among other things, he was a trustee to Rockefeller’s General Education Board. It was in that capacity that he played a role in shaping educational policies to promote collectivism in America. However, as Ambassador to England, Page sent a telegram to the State Department, and this is what he said, " I think that the pressure of the approaching crisis has gone beyond the ability of the Morgan financial agency to the British and French governments. The greatest help we could give the allies is such credit. Unless we go to war with Germany, our government of course cannot make such a direct grant of credit."

THE STRATEGY TO GET THE U.S. INTO WAR

It is not surprising that there was a great deal of pressure from Wall Street to get the United States into the war. Colonel House became the lead man for this group. He went back and forth across the Atlantic and consulted with the Round Tables in both England and America. He arranged a secret treaty on behalf of President Wilson to bring the United States into the War. The reason for secrecy was that the Senate would never have approved it. There was still strong opposition to war and, had it been revealed that Wilson was engaging in a secret - and unconstitutional - treaty to get the U.S. into war, it would have been politically disastrous to his Administration.
George Viereck, in his book, The Strangest Friendship in History - Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House, said this: "Ten months before the election, which returned Wilson to the White House because he ’kept us out of war,’ Colonel House negotiated a secret agreement with England and France on behalf of Wilson which pledged the United States to intervene on behalf of the Allies. If an inkling of the conversation between Colonel House and the leaders of England and France had reached the American people before the election, it might have caused incalculable reverberations in public opinion."

How did they do it? How did these collectivists maneuver the United States into war? It was not easy, and it came about only after extensive planning. The first plan was to offer the United State as a negotiator between both sides of the conflict. They would position the U.S. as the great peacemaker. But the goal was just the opposite of peace. They would make an offer to both sides that they knew would not be acceptable to Germany. Then, when the Germans rejected the offer, they would be portrayed in the press as the bad guys, the ones who wanted to continue the war. This is how the plan was described by Ambassador Page in his memoirs. He said: "Colonel House arrived … full of the idea of American intervention. First his plan was that he and I and a group of the British cabinet should at once work out a minimum program of peace which he assumed would be unacceptable to the Germans, and that the President would take this program and present it to both sides. The side that declined would be responsible for continuing the war. Of course the fatal moral weakness of the foregoing scheme is that we should plunge into the war, not on the merits of the cause, but by a carefully sprung trick."

AGGRAVATE, INSULATE, FACILITATE

The trick eventually evolved into something far more dramatic than deceptive peace negotiations. It called for three strategies in one. They were: aggravate, insulate, and facilitate.

The first stage was to aggravate the Germans into an attack, literally to goad them until they had no choice but to strike back. Much of this was implemented from the British side. For example, Churchill established the policy of ramming German submarines. Prior to that, the code of warfare on the seas required that, if a submarine challenged an unarmed merchant ship, it would fire a shot across its bow. The merchant ship would be expected to stop its engines and it would be given time for the crew to get into lifeboats before the submarine would sink the ship. It was a small humanitarian gesture in the middle of warfare. That is the way it was done until Churchill, as Lord of the Admiralty, ordered all merchant ships, regardless of circumstances, to steam full speed directly toward the submarines and attempt to ram them and sink them. They actually succeeded in doing that a few times. This eliminated the distinction between merchant ships and war ships. Henceforth, all merchant ships had to be considered as war ships. Not surprisingly, Germany quickly adopted the policy of no more warning shots.

When that happened, those seeking to involve the United States in the war had a heyday. Editorializing through the British and American press, they said: "See how evil these Germans are? They sink unarmed ships and don’t even give the crews a chance to get off! It is our moral duty to fight against such evil."
Churchill also ordered British ships to fly American flags so the Germans wouldn’t know if they were really British or American. He wanted German submarines to strike American ships, even if by accident. It was his strategy to do whatever possible to bring the United States into war on the side of Great Britain, and the sinking of an American ship by Germany would have been an excellent way of doing so.

There was plenty of goading from the America side as well. The United States government consistently violated its own neutrality laws by allowing war materials to be sent to Britain and France. Munitions and all kinds of military-related supplies were blatantly shipped on a regular basis. In fact, the Lusitania, on the day it was sunk, was loaded with military arsenal. The Germans knew all along that this was going on. The people in Washington knew it as well. By openly violating their own neutrality laws, they were doing everything possible to aggravate Germany into an attack.

The second prong of the strategy was to insulate. That means to insulate the victims from information that would have allowed them to protect themselves. You can’t have a successful surprise attack if you tell the victims in advance that they are likely to be targeted. It was important not to let any of the Lusitania passengers know that the ship was carrying war materials and was likely to be sunk. They could not be allowed to know that several of its decks, normally assigned to passenger quarters, had been cleared out and loaded with military-related supplies, including ammunition and explosive primers. They could not be informed that they would be riding on a floating ammunition depot. The German embassy tried to warn American civilians not to book passage on that ship. They placed an advertisement in fifty newspapers, mostly along the eastern seaboard, warning that the Lusitania would be in danger, that it was heading into hostile waters, and that Americans should not be on board.

The U.S. State Department contacted all fifty of those newspapers and ordered them not to publish the ad. They threatened that they would be in dire trouble with the government if they did. There was only one newspaper, in Des Moines Iowa, that had the guts to go ahead and run the ad anyway - which is why we know about it today. Unfortunately, an ad in Des Moines was of small value to the people in New York who were actually boarding the ship.

SINK THE LUSITANIA!

The third prong of the strategy was to facilitate. That means to make it easy for the enemy to strike and be successful. On the morning of the sinking of the Lusitania, Colonel House was in Britain and recorded in his diaries that he spoke with Sr. Edward Gray and King George. They calmly discussed what they thought the reaction of the American people would be if the Lusitania were to be "accidentally" sunk. This is what Colonel House wrote: "I told Sir Gray if this were done, a flame of indignation would sweep America which would in itself carry us into the war."

Four hours after that conversation, the Lusitania entered the war zone where German submarines were known to be active. Designed and built by the British as a ship of war, she had four boilers and was very fast and could outrun a submarine. That means she was vulnerable only to subs that were ahead of her path, not those to the side or behind. This greatly improved her chances for survival, especially with a military escort running ahead. However, this was not to be her destiny. On this voyage she had been ordered to turn off one of her boilers. She was running on three turbines instead of four. At only 75% speed, she was now vulnerable to attack from all sides.

The Juno was a British destroyer, which had been assigned to escort her through those dangerous waters. At the last minute, the Juno was called back by the British Admiralty and never made its rendezvous. Inevitably, the Lusitania, running at reduced speed, and without protection, pulled into the periscope view of the U-20 German submarine. One torpedo was fired directly mid center. There was a mighty explosion. As the Germans were preparing for the second torpedo, much to their surprise, there was a second explosion, and the whole bottom of the ship blew out. Exploration of the wreckage in later years shows that it was an outward explosion. Something inside blew up with a tremendous force, and the great ship sank in less than eighteen minutes.

The strategists finally had their cause. To the unknowing world, this was the dastardly deed of those war-mongering Germans who were sinking passenger ships with innocent American civilians on board. The flame of indignation was ignited and eventually it did sweep America into war on April 16, 1917. Eight days later, Congress authorized $1 billion of taxpayer money to be sent to Britain and France to assist in the war effort. The next day, the first $200 million was sent to Britain and immediately applied to the Morgan debt. A few days later, $100 million was sent to France, and the same thing happened. It was applied to the Morgan debt. By the end of the war, $9.5 billion had been sent to the Allies and applied to the Morgan Debt. Add to that the infinitely higher cost of American blood sacrificed on the alter of collectivism in a war supposedly to make the world "safe for democracy," and you begin to see a different aspect of World War I than has been popularized in orthodox history books - which, incidentally, have been written and funded by collectivists.

WORLD WAR II

We are back in our time machine now and find ourselves at World War II. The parallels with World War I are striking. Britain again was losing the war with Germany. The president of the United States, again, was an internationalist surrounded by Fabians and Leninists. The primary difference was that the center of gravity in the CFR was swinging away from the Morgan group and toward the Rockefeller group. Other than that, things were pretty much the same. Colonel House was still a presidential advisor, but his rooms at the White House were now occupied by Harry Hopkins. Hopkins was not a collectivist agent of the Fabians; he was a collectivist agent of the Soviets. The American people were still opposed to war. However, once again there were secret arrangements at the highest levels of government to maneuver the United States into war without the voters suspecting it. The strategy was to get the Axis powers to strike first, all the while telling and reassuring the American people that their leaders were opposed to war. It was almost an exact repeat of the ploy used in World War I.
On October 30, 1941, in a campaign speech in Boston, FDR made this amazing statement: "And while I am talking to you mothers and fathers, I will give you one more assurance. I have said this before, but I shall say it again and again and again. Your boys are not going to be sent into any foreign wars." FDR repeated that pledge many times, all the while working behind the scenes to get the United States into war. FDR’s speechwriter at that time was Robert Sherwood, who later became a famous playwright. On this topic, Sherwood said: "Unfortunately for my own conscience, I happened to be one of those who urged him to go the limit on this, feeling as I did, that any risk of future embarrassment was negligible as compared to the risk of losing the election."

As FDR was delivering this soothing message to the voters, the American and British military staffs were meeting secretly in Washington D.C., working out the details of a joint strategy. They planned, not only how to get the United States into the war, but how to conduct the war afterward. The resulting agreement was called the ABC-1. It was incorporated into a Navy war plan and given the code name Rainbow Number Five. We now have a great deal of information on this plan although, at the time, it was highly secret. The key for getting into the war was to maneuver the Axis powers to strike first to make it look like the U.S. was an innocent victim. Their first hope was that Germany would attack. If that didn’t work, the fallback plan was to involve Japan.

In an effort to provoke an attack from Germany, FDR sent U.S. Naval ships to escort British convoys carrying war supplies, knowing that they would be targets for German submarine attack. When Germany refused to take the bait, he ordered U.S. ships to actually get into the middle of sea battles between British and German war ships. The strategy was simple. If one walks into the middle of a barroom brawl, the chances of getting slugged are pretty good.

On October 17, 1941, an American destroyer, the USS Kearny, rushed to assist a British convoy near Iceland that was under attack by German submarines. It took a torpedo hit and was badly damaged. Ten days later, FDR made this statement to the nation: "We have wished to avoid shooting, but the shooting has started, and history has recorded who has fired the first shot. In the long run, however, all that will matter is who fired the last shot. America has been attacked. The U.S.S. Kearny is not just a Navy ship. She belongs to every man, woman, and child in this nation…. Hitler’s torpedo was directed at every American."
When it was later revealed that the Kearny had aggressively sought combat, the public lost interest, and FDR dropped the rhetoric. It was time to involve Japan.

MANEUVERING THE JAPANESE INTO FIRING THE FIRST SHOT

The Secretary of War at that time was Henry Stimson, a member of the CFR. In his diaries he said: "In spite of the risk involved, however, in letting the Japanese fire the first shot, we realized that, in order to have the full support of the American people, it was desirable to make sure that the Japanese be the ones to do this so that there could be no doubt in anyone’s mind as to who were the aggressors…. The question was, how we should maneuver them into firing the first shot without allowing too much damage to ourselves. It was a difficult proposition."

How was this done? It was accomplished exactly as in World War I: aggravate, facilitate, insulate. Aggravate the enemy into an attack. Facilitate his attack to make it easy with no opposition. Insulate the victims from any knowledge that would allow them to escape their fate.

For many years, the government denied any knowledge of the impending Japanese attack. Gradually, however, the pieces of the puzzle began to bubble up out of the mire of secrecy and, one by one, they have been assembled into a clear picture of the most monstrous cover-up one can possibly imagine. The smoking gun was discovered in 1995. Author Robert Stinnett found a memo in the Navy Archives written by Lt. Commander Arthur McCollum, who was assigned to Naval Intelligence. The memo was dated October 7, 1940. It was directed to two of FDR’s top naval advisors: Captain Dudley Knox and Capt. Walter Anderson, who was head of Naval Intelligence. This memo was approved by both men and forwarded to FDR for action. The full text is now public information, and a photo of it appears in Stinnett’s book, Day of Deceit; The Truth about FDR and Peal Harbor.

The McCollum memorandum contained an eight-point action plan to implement a two-point strategy. The two points were: (1) Aggravate Japan into a military strike as a matter of economic necessity and national honor on her part; (2) Facilitate the attack by not interfering with Japan’s preparations and by making the target as vulnerable as possible. The memorandum concluded with this phrase: "If by these means Japan could be led to commit an overt act of war, so much the better."
The necessity to insulate the victims from any foreknowledge of the attack was not mentioned in this memorandum but it was not necessary to do so. Obviously, this plan could not succeed if the targeted victims were warned in advance. So, once again, there was the familiar strategy: aggravate, insulate, and facilitate.

Was Japan aggravated into an attack? Judge for yourself. The sale of critical goods from the United States to Japan was suddenly embargoed; commerce was brought to a standstill; Japan’s access to oil from the Dutch East Indies was crippled by U.S. diplomatic pressure on the Dutch government; the U.S. closed off the Panama Canal to Japanese ships; and Japan’s major assets in the United States were seized by the government. In other words, the strategy advanced by Lt. Commander McCollum was followed in every detail. There was a deliberate assault against Japan’s economy and an insult to her national honor. A military response was predictable. The only question was when.

MAKING PEARL HARBOR AN EASY TARGET

Was Japan facilitated in the attack? There is massive evidence to support that conclusion, but we have time here for only a few examples. A Japanese spy by the name of Tadashi Morimura was sent to Pearl Harbor under the cover of a phony political assignment at the Japanese embassy. The FBI knew that his real name was Takeo Yoshikawa and that he had been trained as a military officer. He had no political experience, so they knew his assignment to a political post was a cover. They photographed him as he came off the ship. They tracked him everywhere he went. They bugged his telephone. They knew what he was doing every minute of the day. Often he would take a car to the top of a hill overlooking the harbor and photograph the location of ships. Then he would use a clandestine radio to send coded messages to Japan giving the exact grid locations for all the ships, the times of their movements, how many soldiers and sailors were on duty, what time they reported, and what time they left the base. All of this information was clearly of military importance and pointed to the possibility of a surprise attack. The FBI wanted to arrest Yoshikawa and send him home, but the Office of Naval Intelligence intervened, with White House approval, saying: Leave this guy alone. He is our responsibility. We’ll handle it. J. Edgar Hoover, who was head of the FBI at that time, objected strongly, and it almost erupted into a contest of inter-agency authority between the FBI and Naval Intelligence. In the end, Naval Intelligence had its way, and Yoshikawa was allowed to continue his mission without even knowing he was being watched.

Just four days before the attack, U.S. Navy Intelligence intercepted this message from Yoshikawa: "NO CHANGE OBSERVED BY AFTERNOON OF 2 DECEMBER. SO FAR THEY DO NOT SEEM TO HAVE BEEN ALERTED. SHORE LEAVE AS USUAL."

On December 6, just one day before the attack, this message was intercepted: "THERE ARE NO BARRAGE BALLOONS AT THESE PLACES - AND CONSIDERABLE OPPORTUNITY IS LEFT FOR A SURPRISE ATTACK."
It was bizarre. Here was an enemy agent gathering strategic information in preparation for a surprise attack on American forces, and people at the highest levels of the United States government were protecting him. They deliberately allowed the flow of information to continue so the Japanese would be successful in their mission.

VACANT SEAS POLICY

Another example of facilitating the attack on Pearl Harbor is what was called the Vacant Seas Policy. For many months, the Navy had known from what direction the Japanese were likely to approach, what sea corridor they would use to launch their attack. They even had conducted maneuvers simulating it themselves. One was called Exercise 191 and the other OPORD1. Because of weather patterns, sea currents, location of commercial ship lanes, demand on fuel supplies, and other factors, they knew that the Japanese would approach from the North Pacific Ocean in an operational area between 157 and 158 degrees west longitude. This presented a special challenge. If the crew of any ship had seen a Japanese armada steaming toward Hawaii, they undoubtedly would have used the radio to send word ahead. They would have said: "Hey, there’s something going on here. There’s a fleet of aircraft carriers and destroyers heading your way." That, of course, would have spoiled everything. Also, if the Japanese knew that their approach had been detected, they would have lost the advantage of surprise and might have aborted their plan.

American intelligence was well aware of every stage of Japanese preparations. It was already known that Admiral Nagumo was outfitting his carrier strike force at Hitokappu Bay on the Japanese island of Etorofu. His progress was monitored closely, and daily reports were sent to Washington. His ships departed from Japan and headed for Pearl Harbor on November 25. One hour later, Navy headquarters in Washington initiated the Vacant Seas directive that all military and commercial ships must now stay out of the North Pacific corridor. They were diverted hundreds of miles on a trans-Pacific route through the Torres Straits so there would be no encounter that might alert the intended victims or cause the Japanese to abort their mission.
The next stage in this strategy was to bring the ships of the 7th Fleet home from sea duty and bottle them up inside Pearl Harbor where they could not maneuver or disperse. This, of course, would make them easy targets. To accomplish this over the strong objection of Admiral Kimmel, who was in charge of the Fleet, his superiors in Washington cut back on deliveries of fuel. Without fuel, Kimmel had no choice. He had to curtail training exercises at sea and bring two-thirds of his ships back into port. In his memoirs, published in 1955, he said: "Shortly after I organized the Fleet in three major task forces, I attempted to keep two of the three forces at sea and only one at Peal Harbor. I quickly found that fuel deliveries were falling behind consumption. The reserves were being depleted at a time when it was imperative to increase them. It was this fact, and this alone, which made it necessary to have two task forces simultaneously in Pearl Harbor." A Congressional investigation in 1946 revealed that, just a few days before the attack, Navy headquarters in Washington ordered twenty-one of the most modern ships in the 7th Fleet to leave Pearl Harbor and deploy at Wake and Midway Islands. The aircraft carriers, Lexington and Enterprise were among those ships. This not only left the remaining Fleet with drastically reduced protection, it also meant that the ships anchored in the harbor were primarily old relics from World War I, many of which were already slated to be scrapped. As Secretary of War Stimson had stated in his diaries: "The question was, how we should maneuver them into firing the first shot without allowing too much damage to ourselves." Sacrificing only the old and marginally useful ships was the solution to that problem.

Were the victims at Pear Harbor insulated from information that might have allowed them to protect themselves? Could those thousands of Americans who lost their lives been alerted in time to take defensive action? Or were they deliberately sacrificed on the alter of collectivism because their deaths were needed to create the emotional drama to justify going to war? The answer to this question is not a pleasant one.

INTERCEPTED CODED MESSAGES

Throughout this time, the Japanese were using a combination of military and diplomatic codes. United States intelligence agencies had cracked all of them. For three months prior to the allegedly surprise attack, they knew everything in minute detail. Yet, not one of those messages was ever forwarded to the commanders at Pearl Harbor. In his memoirs, Admiral Kimmel said: "At Pearl Harbor, General Short and I knew only a small part of the political story behind the Japanese attack. Care was taken not to send us the intercepted Japanese messages, which told in great detail each step in the Japanese program…. For three months prior to the attack on the fleet a wealth of vital information received in Washington was withheld from the commanders in Hawaii. The information received during the ten days preceding the attack clearly pointed to the fleet at Pearl Harbor as the Japanese objective, yet not one word of warning and none of this information was given to the Hawaii commanders."

The most important intercept of the Japanese code was obtained on the night before the attack. That message made clear even the exact hour that the strike would come. It was to be 1:00 PM Pearl Harbor time. The intercept was decoded 6½ hours before that. It was rushed to President Roosevelt and his top military advisors for immediate action. Their response was to do absolutely nothing. They sat on it and deliberately let the clock run out.

The military Chief of Staff at that time was General George Marshall, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Marshall claimed that he was on horseback that morning, riding in the park, and the reason he did not take immediate action was that he didn’t know about the intercept until he arrived at his office at 11:25 AM, Washington time. However, even then he still had 1½ hours before the attack. He could have picked up the telephone and spoken to the Hawaii commanders directly. He could have used any one of several military radio systems designed for exactly such kinds of urgent communications, but he did none of those things. According to witnesses, he read and re-read the intercept and shuffled the paper from one side of his desk to the other while another half hour ticked away. Then, at 11:52, he finally sent a warning to the commanders at Pearl Harbor. The method? It was a commercial telegram sent through Western Union! It arrived six hours after the attack!

THE WAR ON TERRORISM

Finally we come to the end of our journey through time and arrive at the present. Our leaders today, as before, continue to advocate a world union of nations built on the model of collectivism. As before, they seek to change the social and political structure of the free world to accommodate that goal. And, once again, we find that we are engaged in a war. This time, it is not against a particular nation. We are told it is a war on terrorism. The burning question that now must be answered is this: Is the war on terrorism a repeat of history? Is it merely a grand deception to intimidate and frighten us into accepting the harsh realities of collectivism - and the continued loss of freedom - as a reasonable price for safety in time of war? In other words, is it yet one more implementation of the Fabian strategy to smash the world to bits in order to remold it nearer to the heart’s desire?

Only time will answer that question. We are in the middle of the event, and the facts are still pouring in. We know very little yet compared to what will be known in another few years. In the meantime, each person must answer for himself based on his own level of study and understanding. However, while evaluating the evidence, we need to consider certain facts that are already established. One is that the key figures directing the war on terrorism are members of the Round Table and the Council of Foreign Relations. They are collectivists. They are dedicated to world government based on the model of collectivism. Next, we need to consider that every move they make in this war results in strengthening the power of the United Nations, which is the structure they hope will become the seat of power for their heart’s desire.

The strategy of aggravate, facilitate, and insulate is already clear. For several decades, the United States has been confronted by a steady stream of new enemies. We tend to view that record as a failure of foreign policy, but is it really? Perhaps it is not a failure at all. Perhaps a plan is being implemented that is not readily apparent. Perhaps the plan is to create and then aggravate enemies into an attack, to smash the old order of things, to bring about war and destruction as a necessary step toward the creation of a new world order. That, of course, is a preposterous assumption - just as preposterous as suggesting that there were similar hidden agendas behind World Wars I and II.

Since 1945, the United States has had two powerful adversaries: Russia and China. Both of them have been built and sustained by members of the Council on Foreign Relations who dominate American government and business. In more recent times, the U.S. has chosen sides with Israel against the Arab world, even to the extent of supplying military equipment used against Palestinian civilians. Is anyone surprised that those people hate America? At the time of the attack on September 11, the United States had a quarter-million soldiers in 141 countries. Since the end of World War II, the U.S. has launched attacks against Panama, Kosovo, Albania, Bosnia, Serbia, Iraq, Kuwait, Sudan, Haiti, Granada, Afghanistan, and Somalia, supposedly in pursuit of stopping drugs, or defending freedom, or pushing back Communism. In the great majority of cases these objectives have not been achieved. The single most consistent result has been the building of hostility toward America. These countries are the best enemies money can buy.

Have terrorists been facilitated in their attacks? Since the end of World War II, under the leadership of members of the Council on Foreign Relations, the United States has terminated all of its internal-security agencies. Everything from the House Committee on Un-American Activities, to the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, to the anti-subversion agencies of local police departments; they have all been wiped away. We have opened our boarders to security risks from around the world. People come in from countries that we know are hostile to us, and we make it easy for them to do so.

OKLAHOMA CITY BOMBING

In the bombing of the Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, we know now that there were at least four bombs and two teams at work. All we hear about in the media is the one truck bomb detonated in the street; but, according to the testimony of Brigadier General Benton Partin, a military explosive expert, there is no possibility that a fertilizer bomb on the street could have brought that building down. There was a second demolition team that apparently had security clearance to get into the building and was able to strap high-impact explosives around the sustaining pillars, and that is what caused the building to collapse. There was at least one more bomb that did not go off as planned, and it was removed and de-fused by the local bomb squad. This was reported live on Oklahoma City television stations as it happened, and it is fortunate that we have a video copy of those reports because, after the FBI arrived on the scene and took charge of media information, no more mention was ever made of the other bombs. Had this additional bomb been detonated as planned, it is possible that the entire building would have fallen, exactly as with the World Trade Towers several years later.

The FBI had undercover agents working inside many of the terrorist organizations and knew almost everything they did or planned to do. Carol Howe was one of them. She had posed as a loyal member of what was called W.A.R., the White Aryan Resistance, which was a white supremacist organization linked to neo-Nazis and the KKK. Timothy McVeigh, who was convicted and executed for his role in the bombing of the Murrah Building, was a close friend of Andreas Strassmeir, who was one of the leaders of this group. After the bombing, Miss. Howe testified that she had reported to her FBI superiors that members of this group were planning to blow up federal buildings, including the one in Oklahoma City. This did not fit with the FBI’s story that it had no advance warning about the Murrah Building, so the agency responded by claiming that Howe was not an informant at the time she claimed to have made her reports and that she was emotionally unstable. They called her "the poster girl" for "conspiracy theorists." Then they actually charged her for committing such crimes as possession of an illegal explosive device and conspiracy to make a bomb threat. In other words, they attempted to put her in prison for doing exactly the things she was expected to do as an undercover agent. It was an incredible betrayal. Fortunately she was able to prove to a jury that every one of her claims was true and that it was the FBI that had lied on every count. Clearly, this was no longer the same FBI that operated under J. Edgar Hoover during World War II.

TERROR FROM THE AIR

The terrorist cell that carried out the first bombing of the World Trade Towers on February 26, 1993, was organized by Sheik Omar Abdel-Rahman. During the 1980s, Rahman had traveled throughout the Middle East calling for Jihad, or "Holy War," against the West. Consequently, he was on the State Department "watch list" of suspected terrorists who were not to be allowed into the U.S. Yet, there he was, and he had entered the country under his real name. How did that happen? It happened because, in July of 1990, the CIA intervened and gave him a visa. Then, when his visa was revoked four months later, the Immigration Service located him and, instead of expelling him from the country, granted him a work permit! That is how he was able to prepare and execute the plan that led to the first bombing of the World Trade Towers. It was the same treatment given to Takeo Yoshikawa at Pearl Harbor fifty-two years earlier.

On September 11, 2001, when the World Trade Towers again became the target of terrorism - this time using hijacked airliners - the official position of the FBI was that the government had no advance warning and that there was no way that the attack could have been prevented. Unfortunately, the facts do not support that claim. For several years prior to that, U.S. intelligence agencies were well appraised that Islamic extremists were plotting attacks against American targets, especially the World Trade Towers and government buildings in Washington, DC. It was well known that these groups were planning to use hijacked passenger airliners to deliver the blows.

One of the earliest pieces of information on that came from the Philippines as far back as 1995. The police had arrested Abdul Hakim Murad when they discovered a bomb-making factory in his Manila apartment. Investigation revealed that he was part of the Osama bin Ladin terrorist network and closely associated with the same group that, six years later, would hijack the planes that flew into the World Trade Towers. Murad confessed that he and his friends were planning an operation called "Bonjinka," which means "loud bang." Bonjinka was a plan to blow up as many as eleven airliners at the same time and fly at least some of them into landmark targets such as the World Trade Center, The TransAmerica Building in San Francisco, the Sears Tower in Chicago, and various government buildings, such as the CIA headquarters and the Pentagon. They had also planned to assassinate the Pope during his visit to Manila later that year. All of that information was turned over to U.S. intelligence agencies and also to the security service for the Vatican.

The FBI had been collecting evidence that international terrorists were attending flight schools to learn how to fly jumbo jets since at least 1995 Much of this had come from foreign governments and from professional analysis by terrorism experts. However, by 2001, the information was far more specific. It involved names, dates, and actual places. For example, two months before the fateful attack against the Twin Towers and the Pentagon, Kenneth Williams, who was a counter-terrorism agent in the Phoenix office of the FBI, requested permission from his superiors to canvass all flight schools in the U.S. to see if any of their students fit the profile of potential terrorists. His memo was approved by his supervisor and forwarded to FBI headquarters for action. Williams included with his memo an update of his investigation of eight Arabs who then were taking flight training at the Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University in Prescott, Arizona. Williams reported that one of those students had a picture of bin Ladin on his wall, while another had been in telephone contact with a known al-Qaeda supporter. In view of the flood of information about terrorists planning to use planes as bombs, Williams felt that his request was a prudent and relatively simple precaution. Incredibly, the request was turned down. The stated reason was that the Bureau did not have enough resources to implement it.

THE UNTOUCHABLES

Here is another example. On August 13 of 2001 - just four weeks before the attack on 9-11, the Pan Am International Flight Academy, located in Eagan, Minnesota, called the FBI to report that one of its students was acting suspiciously. They said that Zacarias Moussaoui claimed to be from France but, when French was spoken to him, it was clear he did not know the language. He had requested Boeing-747 flight simulator training but only wanted to know how to steer the plane, not how to take off or land. He also had asked how much fuel was on board a jumbo jet and how much damage that would do if it hit anything. It was quickly determined that Moussaoui was in the country illegally, so the next day he was arrested and held for deportation.So far so good, but that is where the matter stopped. When FBI agents of the local counter-terrorism team requested permission to investigate Moussaoui’s activities, their request was denied from Washington. They were also denied permission to search his computer or even his apartment. Had that been done, the agents would have discovered that he was in close contact with the terrorists who participated in the 9-11 massacre three weeks later. The chances of thwarting the plan would have been excellent.

According to the January 27 issue of the Washington Post, when Moussaoui was arrested, the FBI already had a five-inch thick file on him. Much of that probably came from the French government, but that means they already knew everything about him, what his intentions were, and who his friends were. In other words, they already had the information they needed to deport him but chose not to do so until they were forced into it by the fact that the flight school had reported his bizarre behavior.

Moussaoui was not the only terrorist at that flight school. Another was Hani Hanjour, who became one of the hijackers on September 11. Officials at the school had raised questions about Hanjour’s inability to speak English, the international language of aviation. When they shared this concern with the Federal Aviation Agency, instead of disqualifying Hanjour from further training, the FAA sent a representative to sit in on a class to observe him and then requested school officials to find an Arabic-speaking translator to help him with his English.

The refusal of FBI headquarters to allow local counter-terrorism agents to do their job at first baffled them and, eventually, drove them to desperation. One of them even put her career on the line by publicly blowing the whistle on her superiors. On May 21, 2002, Coleen Rowley, a Special Agent at the Minneapolis office, sent a scathing letter to the Director of the FBI, Robert Mueller, accusing him and others at FBI headquarters of gross negligence and deceit in handling the war on terrorism. In the single-spaced, thirteen-page letter, which was released to the public a few days later, she said: "The issues are fundamentally ones of INTEGRITY and go to the heart of the FBI’s law enforcement mission and mandate." She said that her application for a warrant to search Moussaoui’s computer had been deliberately altered by her superior in Washington so it would not pass the necessary legal review. She said that headquarters "continued to almost inexplicably throw up roadblocks and … brought up almost ridiculous questions in their apparent effort to undermine" her efforts to obtain a search warrant. She also pointed out that, after the 9-11 attack, the same FBI supervisor who was most responsible for stopping the investigation was actually promoted to a job with more responsibility.

After all this struggle on the part of local FBI agents to be allowed to investigate known and suspected terrorists in flight schools, and after continuing efforts by FBI headquarters to prevent any such investigation, FBI Director Robert Mueller faced the press on September 15, 2002, and, with a straight face, said this: "The fact that there were a number of individuals that happened to have received training at flight schools here is news, quite obviously. If we had understood that to be the case, we would have - perhaps one could have averted this."

HARD QUESTIONS

Why did the FBI not act to prevent the bombing of the Murrah Building when it had prior information that it was being planned? Why would it betray its own agent in order to deny that such information existed? Why would the CIA make it possible for terrorists to operate freely on American soil? Why would the FBI prevent its own agents from investigating known and suspected terrorists at U.S. flight schools? None of this makes any sense unless we understand the strategy of facilitating an enemy, unless we recognize the role of war in the building of that heart’s desire called collectivism, unless we understand that horrendous acts of terrorism are Fabian hammer blows to society that soften the public mind to meekly accept the expansion of government power supposedly for our protection and safety.

There are many who cannot bear the burden of this knowledge. They will prefer the reassuring analysis offered by the CFR-dominated media. They will dismiss all of this as conspiracy theory and claim that none of it is proof.

In one sense, they will be right. There is no such thing as absolute proof. There is only evidence. Proof may be defined as sufficient evidence to convince the observer that a particular hypothesis is true. The same evidence that is sufficient to convince one person may be insufficient for another. The case may be proved to the first but not to the second who still needs more evidence. The purpose of this presentation has been to introduce at least some of the evidence, hopefully enough to convince you that it is worthy of further examination.
Having doubts about evidence reminds me of a story about a man who was worried that his wife was unfaithful. He told his friend about it and said, "I have doubts, doubts, always doubts." His friend said, "Why do you have doubts?" He replied, "Well, every day she gets all dressed up, puts on perfume, leaves the house about noon and doesn’t get back until five or sometimes six, and I don’t know where she goes. I just can’t help having doubts, doubts, always doubts." His friend said, "Why don’t you put an end to your doubts? Why don’t you follow her to see where she goes?" The husband thought about that for a moment and said, "OK, I’ll do it." So the next day he and his friend got together in the friend’s car and waited down the street at the end of the block. Sure enough, at about a quarter of twelve, his wife came out of the house, all gussied up, got in her car and headed into town. They followed her at a discreet distance to a quaint restaurant. As she entered, she was greeted at the door by a handsome young man. They embraced affectionately and then went inside, hand-in-hand. The husband and his friend peered through the window of the restaurant and observed that the couple was laughing and drinking Champaign and holding hands across the table. When it was time to leave, the two men jumped back into their car and observed from a distance. The wife got into the handsome young man’s car and, of course, the husband and his friend followed. Eventually, the couple pulled into a motel and checked into a room, and the two men hid in the bushes just outside. As they were looking through the window of the room, they saw the couple tenderly embrace for a long moment. Next, the woman loosened the young man’s tie. Then she walked over to the window and closed the drapes. Whereupon the husband turned to his friend and said, "There you see? Doubts! Doubts! Always doubts!"

ENTER THE REALITY ZONE

It’s time now to enter the reality zone. It’s time to put doubt and denial behind us. Behold the grand deception. The war on terrorism is a war on freedom. It is the final thrust to push what is left of the free world into global government based on the model of collectivism. Its purpose is to frighten us into abandoning our freedoms and traditions in exchange for protection from a hated and dangerous enemy. This ploy has been used two times before. Each time it moved us closer to the final goal, but was not sufficient to achieve it in full. This time it is expected to be the final blow.

We have allowed this to happen because we have been denied the knowledge of our own history, and so it seems that we are doomed to repeat it. But all that can be changed. In the twilight zone from which we have emerged, it is said that knowledge is power. But in the reality zone, we know that is a myth. Men with great knowledge are easily enslaved if they do nothing to defend their freedom. Knowledge by itself is not power, but it holds the potential for power if we have the courage to use it as such, and therein lies our hope for the future. If we act upon this knowledge, it is an opportunity, not just to know about history, but actually to change its course. The big question I leave with you is "how?" Is there anything we can do, especially at this late date to change the course of history? My answer is a resounding "YES!" Is anyone interested?

That will be the topic of my next presentation. In the words of Victor Hugo, it is an idea whose hour has come.

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

The Grand Deception - Part One

A Second Look at the War on Terrorism
© 2002 by G. Edward Griffin
http://www.freedom-force.org/granddeception.htm

Ladies and Gentlemen, the title of my presentation today is The Grand Deception - A Second Look at the War on Terrorism.
I was flattered to hear in my introduction that I have a reputation for taking complex subjects and making them easy to understand. I hope I can live up to that expectation, but I couldn’t help wondering if I can really do that with this topic: The War on Terrorism. How can you make that easy to understand? It’s such a huge and confusing topic. I feel like the proverbial mosquito in a nudist camp. I know what I have to do. I just don’t know where to begin.

There is a formula I often follow when I don’t know where to begin, and that is to start with history. If you discover the history, you should be able to figure it out as you go along. It was Will Durant who said, "Those who know nothing about history are doomed forever to repeat it."

Are we doomed to repeat the mistakes of history in the war on terrorism? If we continue to follow the path we are now taking, I’m afraid that we are. But to find out whether we are repeating the mistakes of history, we need to go back in time. So, I invite you to join me in my time machine. We are going to splash around in history for a while and look at some great events and huge mistakes to see if there are parallels, any lessons to be learned for today. I must warn you that it will seem we are lost in time. We are going to go here and there, and then jump back further, and then forward in time, and we will be examining issues that may make you wonder "What on earth has this to do with today." But I can assure you, when we reach the end of our journey, you will see that everything we cover has a direct relevance to today and, in particular, to the war on terrorism.

THE HIDDEN AGENDA OF TAX-EXEMPT FOUNDATIONS

Lets start our time machine. We turn the dial to the year 1954 and, suddenly, we find ourselves in the plush offices of the Ford Foundation in New York. We see two men seated at a large, Mahogany desk, and they are talking. They cannot see or hear us. These men are Roland Gaither, who was the President of the Ford Foundation at that time, and Mr. Norman Dodd. Mr. Dodd was the newly appointed chief investigator of what was called the Congressional Committee to Investigate Tax Exempt Foundations. The Ford Foundation was one of them, so he was there as part of his Congressional responsibilities.

It was about 1972 that I happened to meet Mr. Dodd in Virginia. I had a television crew with me, because we were producing a documentary film and had some open time. I called Mr. Dodd and asked if he would be willing to make a statement before our cameras, and he said, "Of course." I’m glad we obtained the interview, because he was advanced in years, and it wasn’t long afterward that he passed away. We were very fortunate to capture his story in his own words. (For those who are interested in viewing his complete testimony on video, it is available from The Reality Zone, www.realityzone,com. It’s called "The Hidden Agenda" and is available in both video and audio formats. The printed transcript can be downloaded free of charge at www.realityzone.com/hiddenagenda2.html.)

So, back to our time machine. The year is 1954, and we hear Mr. Gaither say to Mr. Dodd, "Would you be interested in knowing what we do here at the Ford Foundation?" And, of course, Mr. Dodd says, "Yes! That’s exactly why I’m here. I would be very interested, sir." Then, without any prodding at all, Gaither says, "Mr. Dodd, we operate in response to directives, the substance of which is that we shall use our grant making power to alter life in the United States so that it can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union."

Dodd almost falls off of his chair when he hears that. Then he says to Gaither, "Well, sir, you can do anything you please with your grant making powers, but don’t you think you have an obligation to make a disclosure to the American people? You enjoy tax exemption, which is an indirect way of saying you are subsidized by the taxpayer, so, why don’t you tell the Congress and the American people what you just told me?" And Gaither replies, "We would never dream of doing such a thing."

A STRATEGY TO CONTROL THE TEACHING OF HISTORY

There is much more to be learned from this conversation, but our time is limited, so let’s move on. The question that logically arises is, "How would it be possible for people in these prestigious organizations to even dream that they could alter life in the United States so it could be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union?" What an absurd thought that would be! The answer, however, is not absurd at all. To bring this about, all that needs to be done is to alter the attitude of the American people to accept such a move. How could that be done?

The answer to this second question was provided by another powerful and prestigious tax-exempt foundation, the Carnegie Endowment Fund for International Peace. When Dodd visited the President of that organization and began asking about their activities, the President said, "Mr. Dodd, you have a lot of questions. It would be very tedious and time consuming for us to answer those questions, so I have a counter proposal. Why don’t you send a member of your staff to our facilities, and we will open our minute books from the very first meeting of the Carnegie Fund, and your staff can go through them and copy whatever you find there. Then you will know everything we are doing."

Again, Mr. Dodd was totally amazed. He observed that the President was a young man at the Carnegie Fund and assumed he had never actually read the minutes himself. So he accepted without hesitation and sent a member of his staff to the Carnegie Endowment facilities. Her name was Mrs. Catherine Casey who was, by the way, hostile to the activity of the Congressional Committee. She was placed on the staff by political opponents of the Committee to be a watchdog and a damper on the operation. Her attitude was: "What could possibly be wrong with tax-exempt foundations? They do so much good." So that was the view of Mrs. Casey when she went to the boardroom of the Carnegie Foundation for International Peace. She took her Dictaphone machine (they used magnetic belts in those days) and recorded, word for word, many of the key passages from the minutes of this organization starting with the very first meeting. What she found in those minutes was so shocking, Mr. Dodd said she almost lost her mind, and she became very ineffective in her work after that.

Basically, this is what those minutes revealed: From the very beginning, the members of the board discussed how to alter life in the United States, how to change the attitudes of Americans to give up their cherished principles and concepts of government and be more receptive to what we will call the collectivist model of society. I will talk more about what the word collectivist means in a moment, but they used that word quite often. And they discussed this in a very scholarly fashion. After many months of deliberation, they came to the conclusion that, out all of the options available for altering the attitudes of people in the United States, there was only one that was really dependable. That option was war. In times of war, they reasoned, only then would people be willing to give up things they cherish in return for the desperate need and desire for security against a deadly enemy. And so the Carnegie Endowment Fund for International Peace declared in its minutes that it must do whatever it can to manipulate the United States into war.

They also said there were other things needed, and these were their words: "We must control education in the United States." They realized that was a pretty big order, so they teamed up with the Rockefeller Foundation and the Guggenheim Foundation to pool their financial resources to control education in America - in particular, to control the teaching of history. They assigned those areas of responsibility that involved issues relating to domestic affairs to the Rockefeller Foundation, and those issues related to international affairs were taken on as the responsibility of the Carnegie Endowment. Their first goal was to rewrite the history books, and they discussed how to do that at great length. They approached some of the more prominent historians of the time and presented to them the proposition that they rewrite history to favor the concept of collectivism, but they were turned down flat. Then they decided - and these are their own words, "We must create our own stable of historians."

They selected twenty candidates at the university level who were seeking doctorates in American History. Then they went to the Guggenheim Foundation and said, "If we provide the money, would you grant fellowships to candidates selected by us, who are of the right frame of mind, those who see the value of collectivism as we do? Would you grant them doctorates so we can then propel them into positions of prominence and leadership in the academic world and in professional historical associations?" And the answer was "Yes."

So they gathered a list of young men who were seeking their doctorate degrees. They interviewed them, analyzed their thinking processes, and chose the twenty they thought were best suited for their purpose. They sent them to London for a briefing. (In a moment I will explain why London is so significant.) At this meeting, they were told what would be expected if and when they win the doctorates they were seeking. They were told they would have to view history, write history, and teach history from the perspective that collectivism was a positive force in the world and was the wave of the future.
Now lets go back to the words of Mr. Dodd, himself. He said: "This group of twenty historians eventually formed the nucleus of the American Historical Association. Then toward the end of the 1920’s the Endowment grants to the American Historical Association $400,000 [a huge amount of money in those days] for a study of history in a manner that points to what this country can look forward to in the future. That culminates in a seven-volume study, the last volume of which is a summary of the contents of the other six. And the essence of the last volume is, the future of this country belongs to collectivism, administered with characteristic American efficiency."

COLLECTIVISM VS INDIVIDUALISM

Now we must turn off our time machine for a moment and deal with this word collectivism. You are going to hear it a lot. Especially if you delve into the historical papers of the individuals and groups we are discussing, you will find them using the word over and over. Although most people have only a vague concept of what collectivism is, the advocates of collectivism have a very definite understanding of it, so let’s deal with that now.

In order to appreciate the essence of collectivism, we need to step backward and look at the larger picture encompassing the political ideologies that divide people in this age. You find those who claim they are conservatives, and they will debate wildly with those who think of themselves as liberals. Left wingers disagree with right wingers. You find people who say they are Socialists or Communists or Fascists or whatever words they choose to identify their point of view. But, when you ask them to explain what those words mean, very few can agree. For the most part, they are merely labels without clear or precise definitions.

Let’s put some meaning to them. I think that all of the great political issues, the ideological issues at least, can be divided into two viewpoints. All of the rest is fluff. Basically, a person is either a collectivist or an individualist. We are talking about collectivism vs. individualism. What do these words mean?

First of all I should tell you that, from my observation, collectivists and individualist, for the most part, are all good people. They want the best life possible for their families, for their countrymen, and for the world - for mankind. They all want peace, prosperity, and justice. They want freedom. Sometime they disagree over what the tradeoff should be for freedom; but, still, they all want the good things for their fellow man. Where they disagree is how to bring those things about.

THE DANGER OF GROUP SUPREMACY

The collectivist believes the group is the most important element of society; that all solutions to problems are better solved at the group level than at the individual level; and that, the larger the problem is, the larger the group should be to solve the problem. And so they believe in collective action. They believe in organizing group activities to provide for all of the advantages they want people to have. They want to protect people. They want to make sure they don’t suffer, that they are well clothed and fed, and that they are treated justly. The solution to all of these problems is a collective solution. "We shall do it through group action." The more complex the problem, the larger the group should be, until finally the most complex problems of all can be solved only by the largest groups of all.

The collectivist sees government as the solution, because government is the ultimate group, and so the collectivist mind can be easily recognized. It always has an affinity to government as the solver of problems. The individualist, by the way, is more skeptical. He tends to look at government as the creator of problems. But that’s another issue. We will get to the individualist in a moment. The collectivist sees government as the solver of problems; and, of course, the larger the unit of government, the better. Collectivist solutions gravitate from local government to state government to national government and finally to world government. If there is a really big problem, such as the environmental issue involving the whole planet, the collectivist is convinced that it cannot be solved except through the action of world government.
The collectivist believes that the group is more important than the individual and, if necessary, the individual must be sacrificed for the group. Sometimes that is expressed in terms of "the greater good for the greater number." It’s a very appealing concept.

The individualist on the other hand says, "Wait a minute. Group? What is group? That’s just a word. You cannot touch a group. You cannot see a group. All you can touch and see are individuals. They make up the group. But the real substance of the group is the individual within it. It’s like a forest. Forest doesn’t exist. It’s a word concept. There are only trees." So the individualist sees that, if you sacrifice the individual for the group, you have made a huge mistake. The individual is the essence of the group. He is the core of the group. The group has no claim to sacrifice its own essence.
Collectivists are often critics of religious and family values, because collectivism demands unquestioning obedience to the state. Since loyalty to family or religious codes often conflict with the concept of group supremacy, they cannot be tolerated in a collectivist system.

THE ORIGIN OF HUMAN RIGHTS

Collectivists and individualists both agree that human rights are important, but they differ drastically over what is the origin of those rights. There are only two possibilities in this debate. Either man’s rights are intrinsic to his being, or they are extrinsic; either he possesses them at birth or they are given to him afterward. In other words, they are either hardware or software. Individualists believe they are hardware. Collectivists believe they are software.

The view of individualism was expressed clearly in the United States Declaration of Independence, which said: "We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among men." Nothing could be more clear than that. "Unalienable Rights" means they are the natural possession of each of us upon birth, not granted by the state. The purpose of government is, not to grant rights, but to secure them and protect them.

By contrast, all collectivist political systems embrace the view that rights are granted by the state. That includes the Nazis, Fascists, and Communists. It is also a tenet of the United Nations. Article Four of the UN Covenant on Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights says: "The States Parties to the present Covenant recognize that, in the enjoyment of those rights provided by the State … the State may subject such rights only to such limitations as are determined by law."
The reason this is important is that, if we agree that the state has the power to grant rights, then we must also agree it has the power to take them away. You cannot have one without the other. Notice the wording of the UN Covenant. After proclaiming that rights are provided by the state, it then says that those rights may be subject to limitations "as are determined by law." In other words, the collectivists at the UN presume to grant us our rights and, when they are ready to take them away, all they have to do is pass a law authorizing it.
Compare that with the Bill of Rights in the United States Constitution. It says Congress shall pass no law restricting the rights of freedom of speech, or religion, peaceful assembly, the right to bear arms, and so forth - not except as determined by law, but no law. What a difference there is between individualism and collectivism.

REPUBLICS VS DEMOCRACIES

We are dealing here with one of the reasons people make a distinction between Republics and Democracies. We have been taught to believe that a Democracy is the ideal form of government. Supposedly, that is what was created by the American Constitution. However, if you read the documents of the Founding Fathers who wrote the Constitution, you find that they spoke very poorly of Democracy. They said in plain English that a Democracy was one of the worst possible forms of government. And so they created what they called a Republic. The bottom line is that the difference between a Democracy and a Republic is the difference between collectivism and individualism.

In a pure Democracy, the concept is that the majority shall rule. That’s the end of the discussion. You might say, "What’s wrong with that?" Well, there could be plenty wrong with that. What about a lynch mob? There is only one person with a dissenting vote, and he is the guy at the end of the rope.
Ah, wait a minute, you say. Maybe the majority should not always rule. How can we protect the individual from the group? Maybe the group could become dangerous. Perhaps we should put limits upon Democracy.

That is precisely what a Republic accomplishes. A Republic is simply a limited Democracy - a Democracy with limits on what the group can do, with limits on what the majority can do. Republics are characterized by written constitutions that say the government - even though it represents the majority - shall not do this; the government shall not do that; and it shall be prevented from doing that, also. We have individual liberties and rights that stand higher and are more important than the group. And so we begin to get a handle on the debate here, the issue, the cleavage between these two concepts: collectivism on the one hand, individualism on the other.

COERCION VS FREEDOM

We come now to the next element of this debate, which is how to bring about desirable group action. The collectivist says you have to force people. That’s why he has an affinity to government. Government is the embodiment of legalized force. You can always spot a collectivist because, when he confronts a problem, his first reaction is to say, "There ought to be a law." His attitude is that we must force people to do what we think they should do, because they are not as smart as we are - we collectivists. We’ve been to school. We’ve read books. We participate in discussion groups. We are smarter than most of those people out there. If we leave it up to them, they are going to make terrible mistakes. So, it is up to us. We are the privileged, fortunate ones. We are the ones who shall decide on behalf of society and we shall enforce our decisions by law so that no one has any choice. That we should rule in this fashion is our obligation to mankind.

By contrast, individualists say, "We also think we are right and others are wrong, but we don’t believe in forcing anyone to comply with our will because, if we grant that principle, then others, representing larger groups than our own, can compel us to act as they decree, and we will have lost our freedom.
The collectivist will say, "I think everyone should wear seatbelts. That just makes a lot of sense. People can be hurt if they don’t wear seatbelts. So, let’s pass a law and require everyone to wear them. If they don’t, we’ll put them in jail." The individualist says, "I think everyone should wear seatbelts. People can be hurt in automobile accidents if they don’t wear seat belts, but I don’t believe in forcing everyone to do so. I believe in convincing them with logic and persuasion, if I can, but I also believe in freedom-of-choice."
As an individualist, I am not opposed to collective action. Just because I believe in freedom of choice does not mean I have to move my piano alone. It just means that I renounce the right to compel someone to help me. Individualists seek cooperation based on voluntary action, not compulsion.
And so here we have a second distinction between the collectivist and the individualist. The collectivist believes in coercion. The individualist believes in freedom.

THE POLITICAL SPECTRUM

There is one more issue to cover before restarting out time machine, and it has to do with the political spectrum. We often hear about right-wingers versus left-wingers, but what do these terms really mean? For example, we are told that Communists and Socialists are at the extreme Left, and the Nazis and Fascists are on the extreme Right. Here we have two powerful ideological forces pitted against each other, and the impression is that, somehow, they are opposites. But, what is the difference? They are not opposites at all. They are the same. The insignias may be different, but when you analyze Communism and Nazism, they both embody the principles of Socialism. Communists make no bones about Socialism being their ideal, and the Nazi movement in Germany was actually called the National Socialist Party. Communists believe in international Socialism, whereas Nazis advocate national Socialism. Communists promote class hatred and class conflict to motivate the loyalty and blind obedience of their followers, whereas the Nazis use race conflict and race hatred to accomplish the same objective. Other than that, there is absolutely no difference between Communism and Nazism. They are both the epitome of collectivism, and yet we are told they are, supposedly, at opposite ends of the spectrum!
There’s only one thing that makes sense in constructing a political spectrum and that is to put zero government at one end of the line and 100% at the other. Now we have something we can comprehend. Those who believe in zero government are the anarchists, and those who believe in total government are the totalitarians. With that definition, we find that Communism and Nazism are together at the same end. They are both totalitarian concepts. Why? Because they are both based on the model of collectivism. Communism, Nazism, Fascism and Socialism all gravitate toward bigger and bigger government, because that is the logical extension of their common ideology. They cannot help becoming what they are. More government is needed to solve bigger problems, and bigger problems require more government. Once you get on the slippery slope of collectivism, once you accept that ideology, there is no place to stop until you reach all the way to the end of the scale, which is 100% government. Regardless of what name you give it, regardless of how you re-label it to make it seem new or different, collectivism is totalitarianism.

In truth, the straight-line concept of a political spectrum is somewhat misleading. It is really a circle. You can take that straight line with 100% government at one end and zero at the other, bend it around, and touch the ends at the top. Now it’s a circle because, under anarchy, where there is no government, you have absolute rule by those with the biggest fists and the most powerful weapons. So, you jump from zero government to totalitarianism in a flash. They meet at the top. We are really dealing with a circle, and the only logical place for us to be is somewhere in the middle. We need government, of course, but, the concept of what kind of government must be built on individualism, an ideology that pushes always toward that part of the spectrum that involves the least government necessary to make things work instead of collectivism, which always pushes toward the other end of the spectrum for the most amount of government to make things work.

JOHN RUSKIN PROMOTES COLLECTIVISM AT OXFORD

We are finally ready to reactivate out time machine. From the minutes of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, we recall the curious words: "We must control education in America." Who is this "we? " Who are the people who are going to control education in America? To answer that question we must set the co-ordinates on our machine once again, and we are now moving further back in time to the year 1870. We find ourselves suddenly in England in an elegant classroom of Oxford University, and we are listing to a lecture by a brilliant intellectual, John Ruskin.

Ruskin was a Professor of Fine Arts at Oxford. He was a genius. At first I was prepared not to like him, because he was a total collectivist. I didn’t think I would like anything about him. But, when I got his books and started to read the notes from his lectures, I had to acknowledge his great talent. First of all he was an accomplished artist. He was an architect. He was a philosopher. About his only flaw was that he believed in collectivism. He preached it eloquently, and his students, coming from the wealthy class - the elite and the privileged from the finest areas of London - were very receptive to his message. He taught that those who had inherited the rich culture and the traditions of the British Empire had an obligation to rule the world and make sure that all the less fortunate and stupid people had proper direction. That was basically his message, but it was delivered in a very convincing and appealing manner.

Ruskin was not the originator of collectivism. He was merely riding the crest of an ideological tidal wave that was sweeping through the whole Western World at that time. It was appealing to the sons and daughters of the super wealthy who were growing up with guilt complexes because they had so much wealth and privilege in stark contrast to the world’s poor and starving masses.

In this milieu there were two powerful ideological movements coming to birth. One of them was Marxism, which offered the promise of defending and elevating these downtrodden masses. Wealthy young people felt in their hearts that this promise was worthy and noble. They wanted to do something to help these people, but they didn’t want to give up their own privileges. I will say this about John Ruskin, he actually did give of his own wealth to help the poor, but he was one of the rare ones. Most collectivists are hesitant about giving their own money. They prefer to have government be the solver of problems and to use tax revenues - other people’s money - to fund their projects. Collectivists recognize that someone has to run this governmental machine, and it might as well be them, especially since they are so well educated and wise. In this way, they can retain both their privilege and their wealth. They can now be in control of society without guilt. They can talk about what they are doing to lift up the downtrodden masses using the collectivist model. It was for these reasons that many of the wealthy idealists became Marxists and sought positions of influence in government.

THE FABIAN SOCIETY

Some of the more erudite of those from the wealthy, intellectual classes of England came together and decided they would form an organization to perpetuate the concept of collectivism. It was called the Fabian Society. It is now 1884, and we find ourselves observing a group of these people, including Sydney and Beatrice Web (founders of the London School of Economics), George Bernard Shaw, Arnold Toynbee, H.G. Wells, and people of that high caliber. The Fabian Society exists today, and a lot of very prominent, influential, and powerful people are members. Tony Blair, for example, England’s Prime Minister, is a member.

H.G. Wells wrote a book to serve as a guide for Fabians and their friends showing how collectivism can be embedded into society without arousing alarm or serious opposition. It was called The Open Conspiracy, and the entire plan is spelled out in detail. He even said that the old religions of the world should give way to the new religion of collectivism. The new religion should be the state, he said, and the state should take charge of all human activity with, of course, elitists such as himself in control.

As mentioned previously, there were two powerful ideological movements coming to birth in this same period of history, and they had much in common. One of them was Marxism, which eventually was physically planted onto Russian soil and manifested itself as Communism. The other was Fabianism. Please note that Communism and Fabianism are merely variants of collecivism. Their similarities are much greater than their differences. That is why their participants often move from one group to the other with ease - or may even be members of both groups at the same time. Communists and Fabians are usually friendly with each other. They may disagree intensely over procedural issues, but never over goals, because their mutual goal is collectivism.

Fabians say, "Let us come to power quietly so as not to alarm anyone. Let us penetrate and capture control of the organs of society: the educational institutions, the media, the labor unions, agencies of government. Let us penetrate into the power centers of society and quietly guide it in the direction of collectivism. No one will realize what is happening, and there will be very little opposition or bloodshed." Fabians consider themselves to be humane. To emphasize this strategy of patient gradualism, they adopted the tortoise as their symbol, and the emblem on their shield is a wolf in sheep’s clothing.
Communists, on the other hand, are less genteel. They are adept at using all the same tactics of deception and quiet penetration into power centers as used by the Fabians, but they are more inclined to rely on violence and terror to accelerate their progress. They raise the clenched fist and say, "Let us come to power through revolution. Let us put masses into the streets and overthrow the target government by force and violence. Let the land be drenched with the blood of our enemies." Communists are in a hurry.

That is the debate. The only difference between Communists and Fabians is a question of tactics. They may compete over which of them will dominant the coming New World Order, over who will hold the highest positions in the pyramid of collectivist power; they may even send opposing armies into battle to establish territorial pre-eminence over portions of the globe, but they never quarrel over goals. Through it all, they are blood brothers under the skin, and they will always unite against their common enemy, which is any opposition to collectivism.

The Fabian tortoise and the wolf in sheep’s clothing are emblazoned on a stained glass window that used to be in the Web house. The Webs donated their home to the Fabian Society, and it is now the headquarters of that organization in Surrey, England. The window was recently removed, but there are many photographs of it showing the symbols in great detail. Perhaps the most significant part is written across the bottom. It is that famous line from Omar Khayyam: "Dear love, couldst thou and I with fate conspire to grasp this sorry scheme of things entire, would we not shatter it to bits and then remould it nearer to the hearts desire?" Please allow me to repeat that line. This is the key to modern history, and it is the key to the war on terrorism: "Dear love, couldst thou and I with fate conspire to grasp this sorry scheme of things entire, would we not shatter it to bits and then remould it nearer to the hearts desire?"

Elsewhere in the stained glass window there is a depiction of Sydney Webb and George Bernard Shaw striking the earth with hammers. The earth is on an anvil, and they are standing there striking the earth with hammers. "Shatter it to bits," That’s what they were saying at the Carnegie Endowment Fund. That’s what they were saying at the Ford Foundation. "War is the best way to remold society. War! Shatter society to bits. Break it apart. Then we can remold it nearer to the heart’s desire. And what is our heart’s desire? Collectivism."

THE SECRET SOCIETY CREATED BY CECIL RHODES

As we sit here in the classroom listening to the impassioned lecture by John Ruskin, we notice that one of the students is taking copious notes. His name is Cecil Rhodes. It will be revealed in later years that this young man was so impressed by Ruskin’s message that he often referred to those lecture notes over the next thirty years of his life. Rhodes became a dedicated collectivist and wanted to fulfill the dream and the promise of John Ruskin: to bring the British Empire into control over the entire world and to create world government based on the model of collectivism. Most people are aware that Rhodes made one of the world’s greatest fortunes in South African diamonds and gold. What is not widely known, however, is that he spent most of that fortune to promote the theories of John Ruskin.

One of the best authorities on the Fabian Society is Carroll Quigley, who wrote the book, Tragedy and Hope. Quigley was a highly respected professor at Georgetown University. You may recall that, shortly after President Clinton was elected, during a press conference he gave honorable mention to Quigley, his former professor. What Quigley was teaching was probably similar to what John Ruskin was teaching, and Clinton, as a student, took his lectures very seriously, even to the point of mentioning to the world how much he owed to his professor.
In his book Tragedy and Hope, Quigley says this: "The Rhodes scholarship established by the terms of Cecil Rhodes’ seventh will are known to everyone. What is not so widely known is that Rhodes, in five previous wills, left his fortune to form a secret society, which was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the British Empire. This secret society continues to exist to this day."

The structure of the secret society was formed along classical, conspiratorial lines. If you study any of the better-known conspiracies of history, you find that they often are structured as rings within rings. Generally there’s a leader or a small group of two or three people at the center. They form a ring of supporters around them of perhaps eight or ten or twelve, and those people think they are the total organization. They are not aware that two or three of them are in control. And then the twelve are instructed to create a larger ring around them of perhaps one- or two-hundred people who all think they are the total organization, not realizing there are twelve who are really directing it. These rings extend outward until, finally, they reach into the mainstream community where they enlist the services of innocent people who perform various tasks of the secret society without realizing who is creating the agenda or why.

The Rhodes organization was set up exactly along those lines. Quigley tells us this: "In the secret society, Rhodes was to be leader. Stead, Brett, and Milner were to form an executive committee. Arthur Balfour, Sir Harry Johnston, Lord Rothschild, Albert Grey, and others were listed as potential members of a Circle of Initiates, while there was to be an outer circle known as the Association of Helpers."

After the death of Cecil Rhodes, the organization fell under the control of Lord Alfred Milner, who was Governor General and High Commissioner of South Africa, also a very powerful person in British banking and politics. He recruited young men from the upper class of society to become part of the Association of Helpers. Unofficially, they were known as "Milner’s Kindergarten." They were chosen because of their class origin, their intelligence, and especially because of their dedication to collectivism. They were quickly placed into important positions in government and other power centers to promote the hidden agenda of the secret society. Eventually, this Association of Helpers became the inner rings of much larger groups, which expanded throughout the British Empire and into the United States.

This is what Quigley says: "Through Lord Milner’s influence, these men were able to win influential posts in government, in international finance, and become the dominant influence in British imperial affairs and foreign affairs up to 1939. In 1909 through 1913, they organized semi-secret groups known as known as Round Table Groups, in the chief British dependencies and the United States. Once again the task was given to Lionel Curtis who established, in England and each dominion, a front organization to the existing local Round Table Group. This front organization, called the Royal Institute of International Affairs, had as its nucleus in each area the existing, submerged Round Table Group. In New York it was known as the Council on Foreign Relations, and was a front for J.P. Morgan and Company."

Finally, we begin to understand the significance of an obscure organization that plays a decisive roll in contemporary American political life, The Council on Foreign Relations. Now we see where it came from, who controls it, and how its rings within rings fit into the global strategy for collectivism.

THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS

Who are the members of the Council of Foreign Relations? I’m going to take more time than I really want to spare in order to read these names to you but, otherwise, you may think this organization and its members are not important.

Let’s start with the Presidents of the United States. Members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) include: Herbert Hoover, Dwight Eisenhower, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford. James Carter, George Bush Senior, and William Clinton. John F. Kennedy claimed he was a member, but his name does not appear on former membership lists. So there is confusion on that one, but he said he was a member. I might add that Kennedy was a graduate of the London School of Economics, which was founded by Sydney and Beatrice Webb to promote the ruling-class and collectivist concepts of the Fabians.

Secretaries of State who were CFR members include: Dean Rusk, Robert Lansing, Frank Kellogg, Henry Stimpson, Cordell Hull, E.R. Stittinius, George Marshall, Dean Acheson, John Foster Dulles, Christian Herter, Dean Rusk, William Rogers, Henry Kissinger, Cyrus Vance, Edmund Muskie, Alexander Haig, George Schultz, James Baker, Lawrence Eagelberger, Warren Christopher, William Richardson, Madeleine Albright, and Colin Powell.
Secretaries of Defense who were members of the CFR include James Forrestal, George Marshall, Charles Wilson, Neil McElroy, Robert McNamara, Melvin Laird, Elliot Richardson, James Schlesinger, Harold Brown, Casper Weinberger, Frank Carlucci, Richard Cheney, Les Aspin, William Perry, William Cohen, and Donald Rumsfield. It is interesting that Rumsfield has asked that his name be removed from the current list of CFR members. However, you will find his name on previous lists.

CIA Directors who were members of the CFR include Walter Smith, William Colby, Richard Helms, Allen Dulles, John McCone, James Schlesinger, George Bush, Sr., Stansfield Turner, William Casey, William Webster, Robert Gates, James Woolsey, John Deutch, William Studeman, and George Tenet.

In the Media there are past or present members of the CFR holding key management or control positions - not just working down the line - but in top management and control positions of The Army Times, Associated Press, Association of American Publishers, Boston Globe, Business Week, Christian-Science Monitor, Dallas Morning News, Detroit Free Press, Detroit News, USA Today, Wall Street Journal, Los Angeles Times, New York Post, San Diego Union-Tribune, Times Mirror, Random House, W.W. Norton & Co., Warner Books, American Spectator, Atlantic, Harper’s, Farm Journal, Financial World, Insight, Washington Times, Medical Tribune, National Geographic, National Review, New Republic, New Yorker, Newsday, News Max, Newsweek, Reader’s Digest, Rolling Stone, Scientific American, Time-Warner, Time, U.S. News & World Report, Washington Post, ABC, CBS, CNN, NBC, PBS, RCA, and the Walt Disney Company. Are you beginning to understand why we have a problem with our news and our media?
CFR media personalities include David Brinkley, Tom Brokaw, William Buckley, Peter Jennings, Bill Moyers, Dan Rather, Diane Sawyer, and Barbara Walters.

In the universities, the number of past or present CFR members who are professors, department chairman, presidents, or members of the board of directors is 563.

In financial institutions, such as banks, the Federal Reserve System, the stock exchanges, and brokerage houses the total number of CFR members in controlling positions is 284.

In tax exempt foundations and think tanks, the number of CFR members in controlling positions is 443. Some of the better known names are: The Sloan and Kettering Foundations, Aspen Institute, Atlantic Council, Bilderberg Group, Brookings Institute, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Carnegie Foundation, Ford Foundation, Guggenheim Foundation, Hudson Institute, John & Catherine MacArther Foundation, Mellon Foundation, RAND Corp., Rhodes Scholarship Selection Commission, Rockefeller Foundation and Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Trilateral Commission, and the UN Association.

Some of the better known corporations controlled by past or present members of the CFR include The Atlantic Richfield Oil Co., AT&T, Avon Products, Bechtel (construction) Group, Boeing Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Chevron., Coca Cola and Pepsi Cola, Consolidated Edison of New York, EXXON, Dow Chemical, du Pont Chemical, Eastman Kodak, Enron, Estee Lauder, Ford Motor, General Electric, General Foods, Hewlett-Packard, Hughes Aircraft, IBM, International Paper, Johnson & Johnson, Levi Strauss & Co., Lockheed Aerospace, Lucent Technologies, Mobil Oil, Monsanto, Northrop, Pacific Gas & Electric, Phillips Petroleum, Procter & Gamble, Quaker Oats, Shell Oil, Smith Kline Beecham (pharmaceuticals), Sprint Corp., Texaco, Santa Fe Southern-Pacific Railroad, Teledyne, TRW, Southern California Edison, Unocal, United Technologies, Warner-Lambert, Weyerhauser, and Xerox.
And finally, the labor unions that are dominated by past or present members of the CFR include the AFL-CIO, United Steel Workers of America, United Auto Workers, American Federation of Teachers, Bricklayers and Allied Craft, Communications Workers of America, Union of Needletrades, and Amalgamated Clothing and Textile Workers.

Please understand that this is just a sampling of the list. The total membership is about four thousand people. There are many churches in your community that have that many members or more. What would you think if it were discovered that members of just one church in your community held controlling positions in 80% of the power centers of America? Wouldn’t you be curious?
First of all you would have to find out about it, which would not be easy if those same people controlled the avenues of information you rely on to learn of such things.

I should emphasize that most of these people are not part of a secret society. The CFR calls itself a semi -secret organization, which, indeed, it is. It is not the secret society. It is at least two rings out from that. Most members are not aware that they are controlled by an inner Round Table Group. For the most part, they are merely opportunists who view this organization as a high level employment agency. They know that, if they are invited to join, their names will appear on a prestigious list, and collectivists seeking to consolidate global control will draw upon that list for important jobs. However, even though they may not be conscious agents of the secret society, they have all been carefully screened for suitability. Only collectivists are invited, and so they have the necessary mindset to be functionaries within the New World Order.

REVIEW

Let's review. The power centers of the United States are controlled by the Council on Foreign Relations. This, in turn, is controlled by a submerged Round Table Group, which is associated with other Round Tables in other countries. These are extensions of a secret society founded by Cecil Rhodes and still in operation today. I call it the Fabian Network, not because these people are members of the Fabian Society, for most of them are not. It is the Fabian Network, because they share the Fabian ideology of collectivism and the Fabian strategy of patient gradualism.

Is this for real? If I were in your position, hearing this for the first time, I probably would think, "Oh come on! This can’t be for real!" Well, before you dismiss it as theater of the absurd, I’d like to refer you one more time to Professor Quigley. He said this: "I know of the operation of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years during the 1960’s to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have for much of my life been close to it and to many of its instruments. In general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown."

Yes! Ladies and Gentlemen, this is for real!

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097

Welcome to the Conspiracy Theories Board!!!

Disclaimer
http://www.investorshub.com/boards/read_msg.asp?message_id=135097